| 
       
		Big Boy's Chicken Gravy 
       Categories: Copycat, Sauces, 
		Chicken 
      Yield: 1 quart 
 
   
                       
		-patdwigans fwds07a 
     28 oz Chicken broth 
    1/2 ts Onion powder 
      1 tb Chicken bouillon powder 
    2/3 c  Bisquick 
  
        In blender, combine 
		broth, onion powder, bouillon 
  powder and Bisquick. Blend at high speed, about 1/2 
  minute or until smooth. Pour into saucepan and stir 
  constantly over medium high heat, about 4 or 5 minutes 
  until if comes to a boil, is smooth and thickened a 
  bit. Serve at once. Can freeze up to 4 months.   
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Big Bucket In The Sky Chicken 
       Categories: Polkadot, Menarea, 
		Chicken 
      Yield: 1 Servings 
  
            
		3 c  Self-rising flour 
      1 tb Paprika 
      2 pk Lipton Tomato Cup-A-Soup 
           -powder 
      2 pk Good Seasons Italian 
           -Dressing mix 
		powder 
      1 ts Salt 
    1/4 lb Butter or margarine 
  
        Moisten chicken in 
		water. Place coating mixture in an oven roasting 
  bag and shake until chicken is covered. Bake in 350 degree oven for 
  about 40 minutes or until juices are clear. 
  
   
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Big Mouth Sandwich 
      Recipe By     
		: Jo Anne Merrill 
      Serving Size  : 6    Preparation Time :0:30 
      Categories    : Copycat 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
     1/2  pound         
		lean ground beef 
   1      teaspoon      
		chili powder 
     1/2  teaspoon      salt 
		-- or seasoned salt 
   2                    
		California avocados -- sliced 
   1                    
		French bread loaf -- or long loaf 
                        
		garlic salt -- to taste 
   8      ounces        
		refried beans -- 1 can 
                        
		shredded lettuce 
   1                    
		tomato -- sliced 
   2                    
		green onions -- sliced 
     1/2  cup           
		cheddar cheese -- shredded 
                        
		taco sauce -- optional 
           1. 
		Brown ground beef very thoroughly; drain well. Stir in salt and chili 
     powder; keep hot. 
           2. 
		Halve, peel and slice avocados into flat slices. 
           3. 
		Split French bread in half lengthwise. Lightly toast cut sides under 
     broiler. 
           4. 
		Place half the avocado slices on bottom half of bread. Sprinkle with 
     garlic salt if using. 
           5. 
		Heat refried beans. Spread an even layer of beans over avocado, then 
     spoon on browned meat. 
           6. 
		Cover meat with shredded cheese, then with shredded lettuce. Sprinkle 
     lettuce with taco sauce if using. 
           7. 
		Cover with a layer of sliced tomato then sprinkle on the chopped 
     onions. Place remaining avocado slices on tomatoes and 
		sprinkle with 
     garlic salt. 
           8. 
		Cover with top half of bread; cut into serving sized sandwiches. 
      Serving Ideas : Serve with warm 
		tortilla chips and iced tea or beer. 
      NOTES : This sandwich speaks 
		for itself as to how it got its name. 
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		BOB "OVEN'S " COLONIAL DRESSING 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Copycat                          
		Dressings 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1       c            
		Water 
     1/8   c            
		Cornstarch 
     1/2   c            
		Vinegar -- light or dark 
   1       c            
		Sugar 
   1       t            
		Onion powder 
   1       tb           
		Salt 
     1/4   c            
		Butter or margarine 
     1/2   ts           
		Pepper 
   1       t            
		Celery salt 
   1       tb           
		Celery seed 
        Put water and cornstarch 
  into blender on High speed for 1 minute or until 
  smooth. Transfer to a 2 1/2 qt. saucepan. Cook mixture 
  over Medium High heat, stirring constantly as you 
  begin to add each of the remaining ingredients, 
  stirring well after each addition. Cook and continue 
  stirring until it begins to  thicken and become quite 
  smooth. Let it cool completel before pouring into a 
  refrigerator container. Cap tightly. Kepps for about 
  weeks. Do Not Freeze. Makes 2 
      1/2    cups. Variations: Creamy 
		Italian Colonial: 
  to one recipe (above) add 1 Tbsp. prepared mustard, 1 
  Tbsp. light corn syrup, 1 Tbsp. dry oregano leaves, 
  1/2 tsp. garlic powder and 1/2 cup mayonnaise. Stir to 
  combine well. Keep refrigerated. Makes about 3 cups. 
  Do Not Freeze. Catalina Colonial: To one recipe 
  (above) add: 1 cup catsup and 1/2 cup sweet pickle 
  relish. Makes 3 1/2 cups. Creamy Onion Dressing: To 
  one recipe (above) stir in: 8 ounce carton onion chip 
  dip. Makes 3 cups. Do Not Freeze. Slaw Dressing: To 
  one recipe (above) stir in: 1/2 cup sour cream, 1/2 
  cup mayonnaise. Use within one week of preparing. 
  Makes 3 cups. Do Not Freeze.   
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken & KFC Rotisserie Style Chicken 
      Serving Size : 4 
      1/4 c Oil 
      1 tb Honey 
      1 tb Lime juice 
      1/4 ts Paprika 
      Season salt 
      4 Chicken breast halves with skin 
      Mix all ingredients well in 
		saucepan and warm just to 
		 melt honey. Arrange 4 chicken breast halves, skin-side-up 
		 in a square baking dish or pan, sprayed with Pam.  
      Bake uncovered at 400~ about 35 to 40 minutes, basting 
		 chicken without turning them, 3 or 4 times during baking 
		 or until nicely browned. 
      Immediately upon removing from oven, seal baking dish  
      tightly in foil and let stand 15 to 20 minutes before 
      serving. 
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Baked Beans 
       Categories: Copycat, Beans 
      Yield: 6 servings 
  
                     
		-patriciadwigans fwds07a 
     14 c  Dry chopped onions; reconsti 
           -tute in 1/4 c hot 
		water 5 
           -minutes 
     24 oz Jar great northern beans; 
           -drain, rinse and 
		drain 
     28 oz Can Campbell's Pork & Beans 
      1 c  Hunt's Ketchup 
    1/2 c  Open Pit hickory flavored 
           -BBQ sauce 
      3 sl Boiled ham; chopped fine 
  
        While onions are 
		softening, empty jar of northern 
  beans into a 4-quart baking dish or pan. Add pork and 
  beans to northern beans. Stir in onion, ketchup, BBQ 
  sauce and ham. Bake, uncovered at 350~ about 30-35 
  minutes or until piping hot. Stir 2-3 times during 
  baking. Refrigerate covered, to use in 1 week. Freeze 
  to use in 4 months.   
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Cranberry Sauce 
       Categories: Copycat, Sauces, 
		Fruits 
      Yield: 3 cups 
              
                
                             
		-patdwigans fwds07a 
      1 lb Can jellied cranberry sauce 
     10 oz Jar Smucker's Simply Fruit 
           -Orange Marmalade 
    1/4 ts Ground ginger 
      2 c  Fresh cranberries; each 
           -sliced 2 or 3 pcs 
		horizont. 
    1/3 c  Walnuts; chop fine 
  
        in 2-quart saucepan, 
		over medium-to-low heat, use 
  rubber bowl scraper to stir together jellied sauce, 
  marmalade and ginger until melted, about 6-8 minutes. 
  Add the sliced cranberries, keeping sauce on low. Stir 
  often. Continue cooking and stirring often until 
  cranberries are no longer white and taste tender to 
  the bite (not soft, but not too crisp). Stir in 
  walnuts. When cooled to lukewarm, refrigerate, covered 
  and use with a week to 10 days. Should freeze well to 
  be used within 4 months. 
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Creamed Spinach 
       Categories: Copycat, 
		Vegetables 
      Yield: 4 servings 
  
                 
		-patdwigans fwds07a 
      1 tb Flour 
      4 tb Butter, margarine or canola 
           -oil 
    1/2 ts Garlic salt 
           Salt and pepper 
     20 oz Frozen chopped spinach; cook 
           -and drain 
      1 sm Onion; diced 
  
        In a saucepan, on medium 
		heat, stir together with wire 
  whisk soup, flour, butter, garlic salt, salt and 
  pepper until smooth and piping hot. Combine with 
  spinach and onion. (MY NOTE:I'd substitute fresh 
  minced garlic for the garlic salt).     
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Cucumber Salad 
       Categories: Salads, Copycat, 
		Wrv 
      Yield: 4 to 6 
  
                       
		patdwigans fwds07a 
      2 md Cucumbers w/skin;half, seed, 
           -1/2" slices 
    1/4    Red Spanish onion; 1/2" dice 
      1 lg Ripe tomato; dice 
      8 oz Paul Newman's Olive Oil and 
           -Vinegar Dressing 
      1 ts Dry dill weed 
    1/2 ts Dry parsley; mince 
    1/4 c  Olive oil 
  
        Combine cucumbers with 
		the rest of the ingredients in 
  non-metal refrigerator container, tightly covered. 
  Marinate for 24 hours in fridge before serving. Do not 
  freeze.   
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Macaroni & Cheese 
       Categories: Pitzer, Pasta, 
		Cheese 
      Yield: 6 Servings 
  
            
		3 c  Dry spiral shaped pasta 
           Cook al dente, 
		drain 
    2/3 c  Milk (2% or regular) 
      1 lb Velveeta cheese, light or 
           - cubed small 
    1/4 ts Dry mustard powder 
    1/2 ts Ground turmeric 
           Salt and pepper to 
		taste 
  
        Place into top of double 
		boiler over gently simmering water milk, cheese, 
  mustard powderm turmeric, salt and pepper in that order. Stir with whisk 
  occasionally until melted and smooth. Stir pasta into hot cheese mixture 
  and keep hot until serving time over hot water, up to an hour. (If it 
  begins to thicken up too much, dilute with a little milk). Neverput into 
  oven or over direct heat as it will scorch and change the texture to a 
  sticky mess. 6-8 side servings or 4 main-dish servings.   
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Marinade/basting Sauce 
       Categories: Copycat, Sauces 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
                 
		-patdwigans fwds07a 
    1/4 c  Canola oil 
      1 tb Honey 
      1 tb Lime juice 
    1/4 ts Paprika 
  
        Mix all ingredients well 
		and apply to skin-side-up 
  chicken in a single layer in greased baking dish or 
  pan. Bake at 400~ 35-40 minutes. Baste every 8-10 
  minutes during the baking time.     
        
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Saucer Sized Chocolate Chip Co 
       Categories: Copycat, Desserts, 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
                     
		-pat dwigans fwds07a
       
      4 oz Nestle's Milk Chocolate bars 
      4 oz Baker's german sweet choc 
      4 oz Dove milk chocolate 
           Cookie dough 
            use your our 
		recipe 
  
        Melt 3 chocolates, 
		stirring until smooth. Pur into 
  greased 9" metal pie pan and refrigerate until hard. 
  Hammer into pea-sized bits. Store refrigerated until 
  ready to use. Use 1/3 c dookie dough, flattening to a 
  3-1/2 to 4" round. Bake at 375  for 16 to 18 minutes 
  or until golden brown but not overbaked or cookies 
  will be hard as rocks when cooled. The cookies will 
  look almost  "RAW"  at the end of 16 minutes if you make 
  them big enough and will continue to bake in their own 
  heat as they cool on the sheets a few minutes. 
        
        
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Spicy Rice 
       Categories: Rice, Copycat, Wrv 
      Yield: 6 servings 
  
                     
		-patdwigans fwds07a
       
    1/4 c  Raw Rice-shaped pasta 
    3/4 c  Minute rice 
      1 tb Pimiento; chop fine 
    1/2 ts Dry minced celery leaf 
      1 ts Dry minced parsley 
    1/4 ts Dry mustard 
     14 oz Can chicken broth 
    1/4 c  Olive oil 
    1/2 ts Salt 
  
        In a 2-qt saucepan 
		combine all ingredients. Stir often 
  and bring to a bol. Cover and remove from heat. Let 
  stand 15 minutes. Fluff rice with a fork occasionally. 
  Salt and pepper to taste if desired. Keep warm in top 
  of double boiler, over simmering water, to serve 
  within an hour. Refrigerate leftovers covered. Rewarm 
  Gently i 3 to 4 days. Do not freeze.   
        
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Squash 
       Categories: Copycat, 
		Vegetables 
      Yield: 6 servings 
          
            
                 
		-patdwigans_om@juno.com 
      2    Butternut squash; halve 
           -long, remove seeds 
           Margarine or butter 
           Salt 
    1/2 c  Brown sugar; packed 
    1/2 c  Honey 
    1/2 ts Ground ginger 
      1 ts Pumpkin pie spices 
      4 tb Butter or margarine; melted 
  
        Preheat oven to 400 . 
		Place squash cut-side down on 
  Pam-sprayed shallow baking pan. Bake uncovered about 
  45 minutes or until fork tender. Wipe cut surface with 
  a little butter and sprinkle with salt. Return to bake 
  cut-side up about 10 minutes longer or until browned 
  and soft. Scrape out the meat into a mixing bowl. Add 
  sugar, honey, ginger, pumpie pie spice and butter. 
  Beat with electric mixer at med speed until smooth. 
  Return to oven, ocvered in foil, just to keep warm 
  until time to serve, 325  for 30 minutes. Refrigerate 
  leftovers for about a week or freeze up to 4 months. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Chicken Stuffing 
       Categories: Copycat, 
		Dressings, Vegetables 
      Yield: 8 side dish 
 
   
                      
		-Patdwigans fwds07a 
     10 oz Can sliced carrots; undrain 
      4 oz Can slices mushrooms;undrain 
     14 oz Can chicken broth 
      2    Ribs celery; cut 4-5 pieces 
      1 tb Rubbed sage 
     12 ts Poultry seasoning 
      1 tb Chicken bouillon powder 
      3 tb Bottled liquid margarine or 
           -melted butter or 
		margarine 
      3    English muffins; cut into 
           -1/2" cubes with 
		crumbs 
      8 oz Bag unseasoned croutons 
      1 tb Dry parsley; minced 
      2 tb Dry minced onion 
  
        When you open the can of 
		carrots, run the blade of a 
  paring knife through them right in the can so that 
  you've reduced them to tiny bits without mashing them. 
  Empty it then into a Dutch oven. Add the mushrooms; 
  set aside. Empty the cam of broth into the blender and 
  add the celery along with the sage, poultry seasoning, 
  bouillon powder and margarine. Blend a few seconds on 
  high speed, only until celery is finely minced. 
  Meanwhile, add the English muffin cubes, (crumbs too), 
  croutons, parsley and onion to the Dutch oven. Pour 
  blender mixture over and stir to combine with rubber 
  bowl scraper until completely moist. Cover with a lid 
  and bake at 350~ about 45 minutes to an hour or until 
  piping hot. Refrigerate leftovers to use within a 
  week. Freeze to use within 4 months.   
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Market Meatloaf 
      1 cup tomato sauce  
      1? tbsp Kraft barbecue sauce  
      1 tbsp granulated sugar  
      1? lbs 10% fat ground sirloin  
      6 tbsp all-purpose flour  
		 ? tsp salt  
      ? tsp onion powder  
      ? tsp ground black pepper  
      dash garlic powder  
  
      Preheat oven to 400?F. Combine 
		the tomato sauce, barbecue 
		 sauce and sugar in a small saucepan over medium heat. Heat the 
		 mixture until it begins to bubble, stirring often, then remove 
		 it from the heat.  
      In a large bowl, add all but 2 
		tbsp of the tomato sauce to the meat. 
		 Use a large wooden spoon or your hands to work the sauce into the 
		 meat until it is very well combined. Combine the remaining  
      ingredients with the ground sirloin-- flour, salt, onion powder 
		 and ground pepper. Use the wooden spoon or your hands to work  
      the spices and flour into the meat.  
      Load the meat into a loaf pan 
		(preferably a meatloaf pan with two 
		 sections which allows the fat to drain, but if you don't have  
      one of those a regular loaf pan will work). Wrap foil over the  
      pan and place it into the oven for 30 minutes.  
      After 30 minutes, take the 
		meatloaf from the oven, remove the
       
      foil and, if you aren't using a meatloaf pan, drain the fat. 
		 Using a knife, slice the meatloaf all the way through into 8  
      slices while it is still in the pan. This will help to cook the  
      center of the meatloaf. Pour the remaining 2 tbsp of sauce over  
      the top of the meatloaf, in a stream down the center. Don't spread 
		 the sauce. Place the meatloaf back into the oven, uncovered, for 
		 25-30 minutes or until it is done.  
      Remove and allow it to cool for 
		a few minutes before serving. 
       
      Makes 4 servings.   
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Boston Market? Meatloaf 
      In the early 90s Boston Chicken 
		was on a roll. 
      The home meal replacement chain's stock was  
      soaring and the lines were filled with hungry  
      customers waiting to sink their teeth into a  
      serving of the chain's delicious rotisserie chicken. 
      So successful was the chain with chicken, that the 
      company quickly decided it was time to introduce other 
      entr? selections, the first of which was a delicious 
      barbecue sauce-covered ground sirloin meatloaf. 
      But offering the other entr?s presented the company 
      with a dilemma: what to do about the name.  The bigwigs 
      decided it was time to change the name to Boston Market, 
      to reflect a wider menu.  That meant replacing signs on 
      hundreds of units and retooling the marketing campaigns. 
      That name change, plus rapid expansion of the chain 
      and growth of other similar home-style meal concepts 
      sent the company into a tailspin.  By 1988, Boston Market's  
      goose was cooked:  the company filed for bankruptcy. 
      Soon McDonald's stepped in to purchase the company, 
      with the idea of closing many of the stores for good, 
      and slapping Golden Arches on the rest.  But that plan 
      was scrapped when, after selling many of the under-performing 
      Boston Markets, the chain began to fly once again. 
      Within a year of the acquisition Boston Market was profitable, 
      and those meals with the home-cooked taste are still being 
      served at over 700 Boston Market restaurants across the country. 
      1 cup tomato sauce 
      1 1/2 tablespoons Kraft original barbecue sauce 
      1 tablespoon granulated sugar 
      1 1/2 pounds ground sirloin (10 percent fat) 
      6 tablespoons all-purpose flour 
      3/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/4 teaspoon ground black pepper 
      dash garlic powder 
      1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. 
      2. Combine the tomato sauce, barbecue sauce, and sugar in 
		 a small saucepan over medium heat. Heat the mixture until 
		 it begins to bubble, stirring often, then remove it from  
      the heat. 
      3. In a large bowl, add all but 2 tablespoons of the tomato 
		 sauce to the meat. Use a large wooden spoon or your hands to 
		 work the sauce into the meat until it is very well combined. 
      4. Combine the remaining 
		ingredients with the ground
       
      sirloin - flour, salt, onion powder, ground pepper, 
		 and garlic powder. Use the wooden spoon or your hands to work 
		 the spices and flour into the meat. 
      5. Load the meat into a loaf pan (preferably a meatloaf pan 
		 with two sections that allows the fat to drain, but if you 
		 don't have one of those a regular loaf pan will work). Wrap 
		 foil over the pan and place it into the oven for 30 minutes. 
      6. After 30 minutes, take the meatloaf from the oven, remove 
		 the foil and, if you aren't using a meatloaf pan, drain the fat. 
      7. Using a knife, slice the meatloaf all the way through into 
		 8 slices while it is still in the pan. This will help to cook 
		 the center of the meatloaf. Pour the remaining 2 tablespoons  
      of sauce over the top of the meatloaf, in a stream down the center. Don't 
		spread the sauce. 
      8. Place the meatloaf back into the oven, uncovered, for 25 - 30 
		 minutes or until it is done. Remove and allow it to cool for a 
		 few minutes before serving. 
      Serves 4.   
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Bull's Eye BBQ Sauce 
      1/2 C. chopped onions 
      1 (8 oz.) can tomatoes sauce 
      1 C. water (OPTION: Beer) 
      1 1/4 C. ketchup 
      2 T. brown sugar 
      2 T. prepared yellow mustard 
      1 T. olive oil 
      1 T. Worcestershire sauce 
      1 dash Tabasco sauce 
      Combine ingredients, cover and 
		simmer for 30 minutes. 
		 I cooked this for 45 minutes to an hour. The sauce reduced 
		 itself and tasted good. If you taste the sauce before simmering, 
		 it will not taste as good as when the flavors have melded, 
		 but after cooking it is great. 
      Just like the 'real' sauce on 
		barbecued pork steaks.  For 
		 the original, do not use beer. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Burger King? Big King? 
      The Burger Wars are becoming 
		the biggest food 
      fight since that cafeteria scene from the movie 
      "Animal House".  The two burger giants, McDonald's 
      and Burger King, have each been cloning the other's 
      top products in the bloody battle for the big burger buck. 
      Burger King stepped up first with the Big King - 
      Burger King's version of the McDonald's Big Mac. 
      Yes, it had two all beef patties, special sauce, 
      lettuce, cheese, pickles, onions, on a sesame seed bun; 
      although everything was arranged a bit differently, 
      and there's no middle bun in there.  Then McDonald's 
      rolled out the Big N' Tasty, which bore a striking 
      resemblance to Burger King's Whopper, with fresh lettuce, 
      tomato, and onion on top of a huge beef patty. 
      Who's winning this fight by leveraging the popularity 
      of the other company's product?  Nobody, really. 
      McDonald's chose to alter its Big N' Tasty recipe  
      by making it smaller n' cheaper, then changed the name 
      to Big Xtra!, while Burger King bailed out on the Big King 
      altogether.  But this food fight is far from over. 
      More recently Burger King tweaked its french fry formula 
      in an unsuccessful attempt to steal away fans from McDonald's 
      winning fried spuds recipe.  And McDonald's has added more 
      breakfast sandwiches to compete with Burger King's wider 
      wake-up selection.  So the war continues.  And the battlefield 
      is splattered with ketchup. 
      Spread 
      1/4 cup mayonnaise 
      2 teaspoons French dressing 
      2 teaspoons sweet pickle relish  
      1 teaspoon white vinegar 
      1/2 teaspoon sugar 
      1/4 teaspoon lemon juice 
      1/8 teaspoon paprika 
      1 1/2 pounds ground beef  
      dash salt 
      dash pepper 
      4 sesame seed hamburger buns 
      1 1/3 cups chopped lettuce 
      8 slices American cheese 
      1 to 2 slices white onion, separated 
      8 dill pickle slices 
      1. Prepare the spread by 
		combining the ingredients in a small 
		 bowl. Set this aside until you are ready to use it. 
      2. Preheat your barbecue or indoor grill to high heat. 
      3. Divide the ground beef into 8 even portions (3 ounces each). 
		 Roll each portion into a ball, then press each ball flat to 
		 form a patty about the same diameter as the bun. 
      4. Grill the beef patties for 2 to 3 minutes per side, or until 
		 done. Lightly salt and pepper each side of the patties. 
      5. As the meat cooks, brown the faces of the buns in a hot skillet, 
		 toaster oven, or face down on the grill. Watch the buns closely so 
		 that they do not burn. 
      6. Build each burger by first spreading a tablespoon of the spread 
		 on the face of the top bun. Arrange about 1/3 cup of lettuce evenly 
		 over the spread. 
      7. On the bottom bun stack a patty, then a slice of American cheese, 
		 another patty, and another slice of cheese. 
      8. On the top slice of cheese arrange 2-3 separated onion slices 
		 (rings), then 2 pickle slices. 
      9. Turn the top part of the burger over onto the bottom and serve. 
		 You may also want to zap the sandwiches in the microwave, 
		 individually, for 15 to 20 seconds each. 
      Serves 4. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Burger King? BK Broiler 
      This grilled chicken sandwich 
		was introduced by 
      America's number-two burger chain in 1990, and 
      soon after the launch the BK Broiler was selling 
      at a rate of over a million a day.  Not good news 
      for chickens. 
      This one's easy to duplicate at home.  To clone 
      the shape of the chicken served at the burger giant, 
      you'll simply slice the chicken breasts in half, 
      and pound each piece flat with a mallet.  Pounding 
      things is fun.  Let the chicken marinate and then 
      fire up the grill.  The recipe makes four sandwiches 
      and can be easily doubled if necessary for a king-size 
      munch fest. 
      Marinade 
      3/4 cup water 
      2 teaspoons ketchup 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon liquid smoke 
      1/8 teaspoon pepper 
      1/8 teaspoon oregano 
      dash onion powder 
      dash parsley 
      2 chicken breast fillets 
      4 sesame seed hamburger buns 
      1 1/3 cups chopped lettuce 
      1/4 cup mayonnaise 
      8 tomato slices 
      1. Make the marinade by 
		combining the ingredients in a medium 
		 bowl. 
      2. Prepare the chicken by cutting each breast in half. Fold a  
      piece of plastic wrap around each piece of chicken and pound  
      the meat with a tenderizing mallet until it is about 1/4 - inch 
		 thick and about the same diameter as the hamburger buns. Place  
      the chicken into the marinade, cover it, and chill for at least 
		 four hours. Overnight is even better. 
      3. Preheat your barbecue or indoor grill to high heat. Grill the 
		 chicken for 3 to 4 minutes per side or until done. 
      4. Toast the faces of the hamburger buns in a pan or griddle, in  
      a toaster oven, or facedown on the grill. Watch the buns closely 
		 to be certain that the faces turn only light brown and do not burn. 
      5. Build each sandwich from the 
		top down by first spreading about
       
      a tablespoon of the mayonnaise on the toasted face of a top bun. 
      6. Spread about 1/3 cup of chopped lettuce over the mayonnaise. 
      7. Arrange two tomato slices on the lettuce. 
      8. Place a chicken breast on the toasted face of the bottom bun. 
      9. Flip the top part of the sandwich over onto the bottom and scarf 
		 out. 
      Serves 4.  
 
      Tidbits 
      Liquid smoke is a flavoring found near the barbecue sauces and  
      marinades.  Use hickory-flavored liquid smoke if you have a choice. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Burger King? Breakfast Sandwiches 
      You can have your eggs and 
		sausage and biscuits 
      sitting next to each other on the plate like 
      all the traditional folks out there, or you  
      can get vertical with this top secret breakfast-in-sandwich 
      from the world's number two fast food chain. 
      And if you prefer a croissant to a biscuit, 
      I've got that version for you, too (along with 
      the special way to get bigger, circular croissants). 
      A great way to make the eggs for these breakfast  
      sandwiches is to pour the beaten egg into a well-greased 
      mold made from an empty pineapple can.  Just cut both 
      ends off an 8-ounce pineapple can - you know, the short 
      cans that have crushed or sliced pineapple inside. 
      Oh, and take the pineapple out.  Then, before you know it, 
      you'll be making perfectly round eggs like the fast food pros.  
       
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Biscuit Sandwich 
      1 small can (5 biscuits) Pillsbury Grands Buttermilk Biscuits   
      melted butter 
      Non-stick cooking spray 
      5 eggs 
      salt 
      ground black pepper 
      10 ounces ground breakfast sausage (such as Jimmy Dean) or 10 
		 slices of bacon  
      5 slices American cheese  
      1. Prepare biscuits following 
		instructions on the can
       
      (bake at 350 degrees for 15 to 18 minutes). When you remove the 
		 biscuits from the oven brush the top of each with melted butter.  
  
      2. Spray a skillet over medium 
		heat with non-stick cooking spray. 
		 Open both ends of a clean, small, sliced pineapple can. Spray the 
		 inside of the empty can with the non-stick spray, and then place 
		 the can in the pan to heat up. Use more than one can if you'd like 
		 to speed up the cooking process. 
      3. Beat an egg, then pour it into the empty can mold, add a bit  
      of salt and pepper, and cover with a saucepan lid. Cook for a  
      couple minutes, then scrape a knife around the edge of the egg 
		 to release it. Remove the can, then turn the egg over and cook 
		 it for another minute or two. Repeat with the remaining eggs.  
      4. If using sausage, form 2-ounce portions of sausage into patties 
		 with the same diameter as the biscuits. Cook the sausage in another 
		 hot skillet over medium heat until brown. If using bacon, cook the 
		 bacon and drain on paper towels.   
      5. Slice a biscuit in half through the middle. Build each sandwich 
		 by first stacking egg on the bottom half of the biscuit. 
		 Next arrange sausage (or 2 slices of bacon) on the egg, 
		 then a slice of American cheese. Top off each sandwich with  
      the top biscuit half, then zap it in the microwave for 15 to 20 
		 seconds to help melt the cheese. Repeat with the remaining  
      ingredients. 
      Makes 5 sandwiches. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Croissan'wich? 
      1 8-ounce can Pillsbury Original Crescent Rolls 
      4 eggs 
      salt 
      ground black pepper 
      8 ounces ground breakfast sausage (such as Jimmy Dean) or 8 
		 slices of bacon  
      4 slices American cheese 
      1. Prepare the rolls by first 
		unrolling the dough out of the can. 
		 Separate the dough into four sections, each made up of two triangles. 
		 Detach the triangles by tearing along the diagonal perforation, 
		 then reattach the dough along the outside parallel edges,  
      pinching the dough together along the middle. This will make one 
		 bigger triangle. Loosely roll the dough, from the wide end, 
		 all the way up. Now, bring the ends around so that they overlap 
		 and the roll is in the shape of a circle. Press the ends together 
		 and place the roll onto a baking sheet. Repeat with the remaining 
		 dough, then bake following the directions on the package  
      (bake at 375 degrees for 11 to13 minutes).  
      2. When the rolls are done baking build the sandwich using the 
		 above steps 2 through 5 in the recipe for the biscuit sandwich clone.  
      Makes 4 sandwiches.   
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		California Pizza Kitchen? 
      Dakota Smashed Pea & Barley Soup? 
      Got one of those cool hand 
		blenders? You know, 
      the kind of gadget that used to be pitched on 
      those annoying yet compelling late-night infomercials?  
      It comes in handy for this recipe, which requires the  
      split peas to be smashed into a smooth consistency, 
      just like the original. If you don't have a hand mixer, 
      a standard blender works just fine. This soup is very  
      tasty and very low in fat. And the barley gives it a  
      special chunky consistency and added flavor that isn't 
      found in most pea soups.  
      2 cups split peas 
      6 cups water  
      2 14.5-ounce cans chicken broth (4 cups)  
      1/3 cup minced onion  
      1 large clove garlic, minced  
      2 teaspoons lemon juice  
      1 teaspoon salt  
      1 teaspoon granulated sugar  
      1/4 teaspoon dried parsley  
      1/4 teaspoon white pepper 
      dash dried thyme 
      1/2 cup barley 
      6 cups water 
      2 medium carrots, diced (about 1 cup)  
      1/2 stalk celery, diced (1/4 cup) 
      Garnish 
      chopped green onion 
      1. Rinse and drain the split 
		peas, then add them to a large 
		 pot with 6 cups of water, chicken broth, onion, garlic, 
		 lemon juice, salt, sugar, parsley, pepper, and thyme. Bring  
      to a boil, then reduce heat and simmer for 75 minutes or until 
		 the peas are soft. 
      2. While the peas are cooking, combine the barley with 6 cups 
		 of water in a saucepan. Bring to a boil, then reduce heat and 
		 simmer for 75 minutes or until the barley is soft and most of 
      the water has been absorbed. 
      3. When the split pea mixture has become a thick soup, use a  
      handheld blender to puree the peas until the mixture is smooth.  
      You may also use a standard blender or food processor for this step, 
		 pureeing the soup in batches. Alternately, if you like, you may  
      skip this step, keeping the soup rather chunky. It's still good  
      this way, just not as smooth as the real thing. 
      4. Drain the barley mixture in a sieve or colander and add it to  
      the split pea mixture. Add the carrots and celery and continue to  
      simmer the soup for 15 to 30 minutes or until the carrots are  
      tender. Stir occasionally. Turn off the heat, cover the soup,  
      and let it sit for 10 to 15 minutes before serving.  Garnish  
      each serving with a little chopped green onion. 
      Makes 8 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Carl's Jr.? Bacon Swiss Crispy Chicken Sandwich 
      If you love crispy chicken 
		sandwiches - and especially 
      if you don't live in the West - you'll want to try out 
      this clone of the tasty Carl's Jr. creation. The recipe 
      makes four of the addicting chicken sandwiches from the 
      California-based chain, but will also come in handy for 
      making a delicious homemade ranch dressing. Try using  
      some lean turkey bacon, fat-free Swiss cheese, and fat-free 
      mayonnaise if you feel like cutting back on the fat. 
      Then you can eat two. 
      Ranch Dressing 
      1/3 cup mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons sour cream 
      1 tablespoon buttermilk 
      1 1/2 teaspoons white vinegar 
      1 teaspoon sugar 
      1/4 teaspoon lemon juice 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon parsley 
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder 
      dash dill weed 
      dash garlic powder 
      dash ground black pepper 
      2 teaspoons hot water 
      1/2 teaspoon unflavored gelatin 
      6 to 8 cups vegetable 
		shortening 
      1 egg 
      1 cup water 
      1 cup all-purpose flour 
      2 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1 teaspoon paprika 
      1 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder 
      4 chicken breast fillets 
      4 sesame seed hamburger buns 
      4 lettuce leaves 
      4 tomato slices 
      Kraft Swiss cheese Singles 
      8 slices bacon, cooked 
      1. Preheat 6 to 8 cups of 
		shortening in a deep fryer to 350 
		 degrees.  If you don't have a deep fryer, you can also pan  
      fry using a large frying pan and just a couple cups of shortening. 
      2. To prepare the ranch dressing, combine all of the ingredients 
		 except the water and gelatin in small bowl. Mix the water with 
		 the gelatin in a small cup until all of the gelatin is dissolved. 
		 Add this gelatin solution to the other ingredients and stir. Cover 
		 and chill the dressing until it's needed. 
      3. Beat the egg and then combine with 1 cup water in a small,  
      shallow bowl. Stir. 
      4. Combine the flour, salt, paprika, onion powder and garlic  
      powder in another shallow bowl. 
      5. Pound each of the breast fillets with a mallet until about  
      1/4-inch thick. Trim each breast fillet until it is round. 
      6. Working with one fillet at a time, first coat each fillet  
      with the flour, then dredge it in the egg and water mixture.  
      Coat the chicken once again in the flour and set it aside until  
      all of the fillets have been coated. 
      7. Fry the chicken fillets for 8 to 12 minutes or until light 
		 brown and crispy. 
      8. As chicken is frying, prepare each sandwich by grilling the 
		 face of the hamburger buns on a hot skillet over medium heat. 
		 Spread about 1 1/2 teaspoons of the ranch dressing on the face 
		 of the top and bottom buns. 
      9. On the bottom bun, stack a leaf of lettuce and a tomato slice. 
      10. When the chicken is done frying, remove the fillets from the 
		 fryer and drain them on paper towels or a rack for a couple minutes. 
      11. Stack one fillet on the bottom of the sandwich (on top of the 
		 tomato), then stack a slice of the Swiss cheese onto the chicken.  
      12. Arrange the bacon, crosswise, on top of the Swiss cheese, then 
		 top off the sandwich with the top bun. Repeat the stacking process 
		 for each of the remaining sandwiches. 
      Makes 4 sandwiches. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Carl's Jr.? Ranch Crispy Chicken Sandwich 
      We'll use elements of the 
		Carl's Jr. Bacon Swiss
       
      Crispy Chicken Sandwich clone recipe to whip up one 
      of the other Carl's Jr. crispy chicken sandwiches, 
      because I always say you can never have too much crispy 
      chicken.  This fried chicken breast sandwich includes 
      lettuce and tomato, and is slathered with a clone of Carl's 
      tasty ranch dressing.  Use the recipes together and you  
      can easily serve up two different sandwich clones for  
      different tastes, with little extra effort.  And you diners 
      will be so impressed.    
      Ranch Dressing 
      1/3 cup mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons sour cream 
      1 tablespoon buttermilk 
      1 1/2 teaspoons white vinegar 
      1 teaspoon sugar 
      1/4 teaspoon lemon juice 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon parsley 
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder 
      dash dill weed 
      dash garlic powder 
      dash ground black pepper 
      2 teaspoons hot water 
      1/2 teaspoon unflavored gelatin 
      6 to 8 cups vegetable 
		shortening 
      1 egg 
      1 cup water 
      1 cup all-purpose flour 
      2 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1 teaspoon paprika 
      1 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder 
      4 chicken breast fillets 
      4 sesame seed hamburger buns 
      4 lettuce leaves 
      4 tomato slices 
      1. Preheat 6 to 8 cups of 
		shortening in a deep fryer to 350 
		 degrees.  If you don't have a deep fryer, you can also pan  
      fry using a large frying pan, and just a couple cups of shortening. 
      2. To prepare the ranch dressing, combine all of the ingredients 
		 except the water and gelatin in small bowl. Mix the water with  
      the gelatin in a small cup until all of the gelatin is dissolved. 
		 Add this gelatin solution to the other ingredients and stir.  
      Cover and chill the dressing until it's needed. 
      3. Beat the egg and then combine with 1 cup of water in a small,  
      shallow bowl. Stir. 
      4. Combine the flour, salt, paprika, onion powder, and garlic  
      powder in another shallow bowl. 
      5. Pound each of the breast fillets with a mallet until about  
      1/4-inch thick. Trim each breast fillet until it is round. 
      6. Working with one fillet at a time, first coat each fillet 
		 with the flour, then dredge it in the egg and water mixture. 
		 Coat the chicken once again in the flour and set it aside until 
		 all of the fillets have been coated. 
      7. Fry the chicken fillets for 8 to 12 minutes or until light 
		 brown and crispy. 
      8. As chicken is frying, prepare each sandwich by grilling the 
		 face of the hamburger buns on a hot skillet over medium heat. 
		 Spread about 1 1/2 teaspoons of the ranch dressing on the face 
		 of the top and bottom buns. 
      9. On the bottom bun, stack a leaf of lettuce and a tomato slice. 
      10. When the chicken is done frying, remove the fillets from the  
      fryer and drain on paper towels or a rack for a couple minutes. 
      11. Stack one fillet on the bottom of the sandwich (on top of  
      the tomato), then top it off with the top bun. Repeat the  
      stacking process for each of the sandwiches. 
      Makes 4 sandwiches. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chef Paul Prudhomme's? Poultry Magic? 
      Louisianna chef Paul Prudhomme, 
		America's number 
      one Dom DeLuise look a like, hit it big in supermarkets 
      with his magical brand of Cajun spice blends. Chef Paul 
      developed his seasonings after years of making little 
      batches and passing them out to customers in the restaurants 
      where he worked. Now his Magic Seasoning Blends come in  
      several varieties and are produced in a whopping 30,000-  
      square-foot plant by 38 employees. Fortunately, it'll take 
      only one of you in a small kitchen to make a clone of one 
      of the most popular versions of the blend. Use it when you  
      barbecue, roast, grill, or saut?your favorite chicken, turkey, 
      duck, or Cornish game hens.  
      1 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1/2 teaspoon paprika  
      1/4 teaspoon cayenne  
      1/4 teaspoon onion powder  
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder  
      1/4 teaspoon ground black pepper  
      1/4 teaspoon dried thyme  
      1/4 teaspoon dried oregano 
      1/4 teaspoon rubbed sage  
      dash cumin      
      Combine all ingredients in a 
		small bowl. Store in a covered
       
      container. Sprinkle on any poultry to taste. 
      Makes 4 teaspoons. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Chevys? Fresh Salsa 
      Whip out the food processor and 
		fire up the grill 
      because you?ll need these essential tools to clone 
      one of the best restaurant salsas in the business. 
      The key to recreating the flavor of the real deal 
      is to fire roast the tomatoes and the jalapenos,  
      and to add a little mesquite-flavored liquid smoke. 
      The restaurant chain uses a mesquite grill, so these 
      steps are crucial to getting the same smoky flavor  
      as the addictive restaurant version. Chevys uses chipotle 
      peppers, or smoked red jalapeno peppers. But unless you 
      grow your own jalapenos, it may be difficult to find the 
      riper red variety in your local supermarket. For this recipe, 
      the green jalapeno peppers will work fine.  
      6 medium tomatoes 
      10 jalapenos (red is best) 
      1/4 of a medium Spanish onion 
      2 cloves garlic 
      2 tablespoons chopped fresh cilantro 
      2 tablespoons white vinegar 
      2 teaspoons salt 
      1 1/2 teaspoons mesquite-flavored liquid smoke 
      1. Preheat your barbecue grill 
		to high temperature. 
      2. Remove any stems from the tomatoes, then rub some oil over 
		 each tomato. You can leave the stems on the jalapenos. 
      3. Place the tomatoes on the grill when it?s hot. After about 
		 10 minutes, place all of the jalapenos onto the grill. In about 
		 10 minutes you can turn the tomatoes and the peppers. When almost 
		 the entire surface of the peppers has charred black you can remove 
		 them from the grill. The tomatoes will turn partially black, but 
		 when the skin begins to come off they are done. Put the peppers 
		 and tomatoes on a plate and let them cool. 
      4. When the tomatoes and peppers have cooled, remove most of the 
		 skin from the tomatoes and place them into a food processor. 
		 Pinch the stem end from each of the peppers and place them into 
		 the food processor as well. Toss out the liquid that remains on 
		 the plate. 
      5. Add the remaining ingredients to the food processor and puree 
		 on high speed for 5-10 seconds or until the mixture has a smooth 
		 consistency. 
      6. Place the salsa into a covered container and chill for several 
		 hours or overnight while the flavors develop. 
      Makes approximately 2 cups. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
            
              
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chevys? Garlic Mashed Potatoes 
      This easy-to-clone dish comes 
		with many of the tasty 
      entrees at the restaurant chain or can be ordered up, 
      pronto, on the side. It's a nice clone to have around 
      since it goes well with so many dishes, Mexican or otherwise. 
      Just give yourself the time to bake and cool the potatoes. 
      Be here at TSR next week for a big clone request from the  
      same "always fresh ingredients" Mexican food chain. It's  
      for that muy delicioso salsa, baby! Si, si, si. See you then. 
      4 medium/large russet potatoes 
      1 tablespoon butter 
      1 tablespoon minced fresh garlic (3-4 cloves) 
      3/4 cup water 
      1/2 cup cream 
      3/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon black pepper 
      1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. 
      2. Bake the potatoes by first rubbing them lightly with oil 
		 and then baking them in the preheated oven for 1 hour until  
      they are tender. Cool. 
      3. Mash potatoes and remove about half of the skin. You want  
      to leave the rest in. 
      4. Melt the butter in a large suacepan over medium heat, then  
      add garlic and saute for 5 minutes. 
      5. Add the remaining ingredients to the pan and cook for 5-10  
      minutes while stirring often until garlic mashed potatoes are  
      very hot. 
      Serves 4. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Chevys? Mesquite-Grilled BBQ Chicken Quesadilla? 
      With this secret recipe from 
		the latest TSR low-lat book, 
      it isn't necessary to cook the chicken over a mesquite 
      grill as they do in the restaurant chain. Sure, you could 
      get some mesquite wood chips and throw 'em on your barbecue 
      or you can use that charcoal that has mesquite in it. 
      But an easier way to get the flavor of mesquite--especially 
      if all you've got is a gas grill--is to soak the chicken 
      in a marinade made with mesquite-flavored liquid smoke. 
      In the restaurant these puppies are made with red chili 
      tortillas. Since these type of tortillas can be a drag to 
      track down, especially in fat-free versions, we'll use plain 
      fat-free tortillas for our tasty reduced-fat clone.   
      Mesquite Marinade  
      1/2 cup water  
      1 teaspoon mesquite-flavored liquid smoke  
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      dash ground black pepper 
      Spicy BBQ Sauce  
      1/2 cup Bull's-Eye Original BBQ Sauce 
      1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper 
      dash chili powder 
      1 boneless chicken breast 
      1/3 cup sliced red bell pepper 
      1/3 cup sliced green bell pepper 
      1/3 cup sliced Spanish onion  
      2 large (12-inch) fat-free flour tortillas 
      1 1/3 cups shredded Monterey Jack cheese 
      1. Prepare the marinade by combining the ingredients in a medium 
		 bowl. Add chicken breast fillet to the bowl, cover, and chill for 
		 one hour.  
      2. When the chicken is finished marinating, preheat your grill to 
		 high temperature.  
      3. As grill is heating, prepare the spicy BBQ sauce by mixing the 
		 ingredients in a small bowl.  
      4. Throw the chicken on the grill and cook it for 4 to 5 minutes 
		 per side or until it's done. When the chicken is done cooking, chop it 
		into bite-size pieces.
       
      5. Spray a light coating of nonstick cooking spray on a medium  
      skillet over medium heat. Saut?the sliced peppers and onion in 
		 the pan for 4 to 5 minutes or until the veggies start to brown.  
      6. Set a large skillet over medium/low heat.  
      7. Put one flour tortilla in the skillet and sprinkle 1/3 cup  
      of cheese over half of the tortilla. Spoon half of the vegetables 
		 over the cheese, followed by half of the chicken.  
      8. Spoon a generous portion of the spicy BBQ sauce over the chicken, 
		 followed by another 1/3 cup of cheese. 
      9. Fold the other side of the tortilla over the filling, and press 
		 down so that it stays in place. 
      10. By this time, the cheese on the bottom should be melted. If not, 
		 wait another minute or so, then flip the quesadilla over and heat 
		 for another couple minutes or until all of the cheese has melted. 
      11. Slide the quesadilla onto a plate and slice it into 4 pieces. 
		 Repeat for the second quesadilla and serve immediately with salsa 
		 on the side. 
      Serves 4 as an appetizer.  
      Nutrition Facts  
      Serving size ? 2 pieces 
      Total servings ? 4 
        
      
            
            
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chi Chi's Mild Salsa 
      Recipe By     
		: Gloria Pitzer 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:15 
      Categories    : Salsas                           
		Copycat 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      Cn            
		Stewed Tomatoes (14 Oz.) -- sliced 
   2      Large         
		Green onions -- snipped* 
   1      Large         
		Ripe Tomato -- cored  and diced 
     1/2  Teaspoon      Salt 
     1/2  Teaspoon      Black 
		Pepper 
   1      Ds            
		Tabasco=AE Sauce -- or to taste 
      Cut up stewed tomatoes and 
		combine in saucepan with onions, fresh tomato, 
      salt and pepper. Bring just to a boil. Boil hard 1 minute and remove at 
		once 
      from heat. Put half of mixture through blender just to mince fine but not 
		to 
      puree. Return to remaining half of mixture. Cool and refrigerate in 
		tightly 
      covered container to use with a few weeks. Freezes well to use within 6= 
		 months. 
      NOTE-For hot salsa, add 1 ts 
		canned green chopped chilis or to taste, 
      freezing unused chilis to use in other recipes.  
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		CHI-CHI'S CHICKEN FAJITAS 
       Categories: Mexico, 
		Restaurants, Poultry 
      Yield: 1 Servings 
  From: Brett Jones 
        In the last 17 years, 
		I've worked for a LOT of restaurants :)  My 
  favorite trick was from Chi-Chi's [ha!  I NEVER signed that 
  non-disclosure agreement] .... the absolute best marinade for chicken 
  (we used it for our fajitas) is margarita mix.  Yes, just go out and 
  find your favorite margarita mix (Mr & Mrs T's is good) or a little 
  sweet & sour, put the chicken breasts in a shallow pan and cover with 
  the mix. Marinate at least overnight, preferably for 24 hours. 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's Margarita Presidente 
      1 oz vodka  
      ? oz triple sec  
		 1/3 cup sweet & sour mix  
      Lemon wedge  
		  
       
 
 
      Fill a glass with crushed ice 
		and add vodka and triple sec. 
		 Top off the drink with sweet & sour mix. Add a lemon wedge 
		 for garnish and serve.  
      Makes 1 serving.  
      Chili's Twisted Lemonade Twist 
      1 oz Sauza Commemoritiva 
		Tequila
       
      ? oz Cointreau  
      ? oz Presidente Brandy  
		 ? oz Rose's lime juice  
      1/3 cup sweet & Sour mix  
		  
       
 
 
      Combine all ingredients in a 
		shaker with crushed ice. 
		 Shake Pour drink into a martini glass rimmed with salt. 
		 Serve the remainder of the drink in the shaker on the side.  
      Makes 1 serving. 
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Boneless Buffalo Wings 
      This clone of Chili's new menu 
		items gives us the 
      zesty flavor of traditional Buffalo chicken wings 
      without the bones or skin. That's because these "wings" 
      are actually nuggets sliced from chicken breast fillets  
      that are breaded and fried, then smothered with the same 
      type of spicy wing sauce used on typical wings. If you 
      like Buffalo wings, you'll love this recipe. Serve these 
      babies up with some celery sticks and bleu cheese dressing 
      on the side for dipping. Now you can actually eat Buffalo 
      wings with a fork! 
      1 cup all-purpose flour 
      2 teaspoons salt 
      1/2 teaspoon black pepper 
      1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper 
      1/4 teaspoon paprika 
      1 egg 
      1 cup milk 
      2 chicken breast fillets 
      4-6 cups vegetable oil 
      1/4 cup Crystal or Frank's Louisiana hot sauce 
      1 tablespoon margarine 
      On the side 
      bleu cheese dressing (for dipping) 
      celery sticks 
      1. Combine flour, salt, peppers 
		and paprika in a medium bowl. 
      2. In another small bowl, whisk together egg and milk. 
      3. Slice each chicken breast into 6 pieces. Preheat 4-6 cups  
      of vegetable oil in a deep fryer to 375 degrees. 
      4. One or two at a time, dip each piece of chicken into the  
      egg mixture, then into the breading blend; then repeat the  
      process so that each piece of chicken is double-coated. 
      5. When all chicken pieces have been breaded, arrange them on 
		 a plate and chill for 15 minutes. 
      6. When the chicken is done resting, drop each piece into the  
      hot oil and fry for 5-6 minutes or until each piece is browned. 
      7. As chicken fries, combine the hot sauce and margarine in a  
      small bowl. Microwave sauce for 20-30 seconds or just until the 
		 margarine is melted, then stir to combine. You can also use a 
		 small saucepan for this step. Just combine the hot sauce and  
      margarine in the saucepan over low heat and stir until margarine 
		 is melted and ingredients are blended. 
      8. When chicken pieces are done frying, remove them to a plate 
		 lined with a couple paper towels. 
      9. Place the chicken pieces into a covered container such as a 
		 large jar with a lid. Pour the sauce over the chicken in the  
      container, cover, and then shake gently until each piece of chicken 
		 is coated with sauce. Pour the chicken onto a plate and serve  
      the dish with bleu cheese dressing and sliced celery on the side. 
      Serves 2-4 as an appetizer. 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Calypso Cooler? 
      Ever order one of those 
		expensive specialty drinks 
      off the shiny, full-color restaurant table-stand  
      cards and wish you had a clone recipe? This is one  
      of those drinks, off of one of those cards. And here's 
      the clone recipe.  
      1 1/4 ounces Captain Morgan 
		spiced rum 
      1/2 ounce peach schnapps 
      4 ounces (1/2 cup) orange juice 
      splash Rose's lime juice 
      1/2 ounce grenadine 
      Garnish 
      orange wedge 
      maraschino cherry 
      1. Fill a 16-ounce glass with 
		ice. 
      2. Pour all ingredients over ice in the order listed. Don't stir.  
      3. Garnish with an orange wedge and a cherry on a toothpick. Serve 
		 with a straw. 
      Makes 1 drink.   
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Chicken Enchilada Soup 
      It's an item that you won't 
		even find on the current 
      menu at this national restaurant chain. But ask your  
      server what soups are available and this is a selection 
      that's available every day of the week. The dish is one 
      of Chili's most raved-about items, and a recipe to clone 
      the delicious soup is easily one of the most requested 
      here on the Internet. Looks like it's time for an official 
      TSR custom clone to answer those many requests. The secret 
      here is the addition of masa harina -- a corn flour that 
      you will find in your supermarket near the other flours 
      or in the Mexican food section. You'll find the recipe for 
      the pico de gallo garnish in the Chili's Nacho Burger clone 
      recipe from last November. Enjoy, amigos! 
      1 tablespoon vegetable oil 
      1 lb. of chicken breast fillets (approx. 3 fillets) 
      1/2 cup diced onion 
      1 clove garlic, pressed 
      4 cups chicken broth 
      1 cup masa harina 
      3 cups water 
      1 cup enchilada sauce 
      16 ounces Velveeta 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon chili powder 
      1/2 teaspoon cumin 
      Garnish 
      shredded cheddar cheese 
      crumbled corn tortilla chips 
      pico de gallo (from recipe for November 17, 1997) 
      1. Add 1 tablespoon of oil to a 
		large pot over medium heat. 
		 Add chicken breasts to pot and brown for 4-5 minutes per side. 
		 Set chicken aside. 
      2. Add onions and garlic to pot and saut?over medium heat for 
		 about 2 minutes, or until onions begin to become translucent. 
		 Add chicken broth. 
      3. Combine masa harina with 2 cups of water in a medium bowl 
		 and whisk until blended. Add masa mixture to pot with onions, 
		 garlic and broth. 
      4. Add remaining water, enchilada sauce, cheese and spices to pot 
		 and bring mixture to a boil. 
      5. Shred the chicken into small, bite-size pieces and add it to 
		 the pot. Reduce heat and simmer soup for 30-40 minutes or until 
		 thick. 
      6. Serve soup in cups or bowls, and garnish with shredded cheddar 
		 cheese, crumbled corn tortilla chips, and pico de gallo.  
      Makes approx. 12 servings. 
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Chili's? Chocolate Chip Paradise Pie? 
      What makes this dessert so 
		special is the way it 
      comes to your table sizzling in a cast iron skillet. 
      just like fajitas. The chocolate chip cookie and graham 
      cracker crust "pie" is topped with a scoop of vanilla 
      ice cream, and then drizzled with chocolate and caramel 
      syrup. It's all served up in a hot skillet of cinnamon 
      butter. Yum! If you want to prepare this one just like 
      they do at the restaurant, you'll need one of those 
      skillets for each serving. Small iron skillets work the 
      best, but any 6 or 8-inch frying pan will do fine. 
      You just have to be sure your pan is super hot to get 
      that authentic Chili's "sizzle." If you don't have enough 
      of the right pans for each serving, you can slide it all 
      onto a plate. It may not have the sizzle of the real thing, 
      but it'll still taste awesome!  
      Cookie Layer 
      1 cup all-purpose flour 
      1/2 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/4 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 cup butter (1 stick), softened 
      1/3 cup granulated sugar 
      1 egg 
      1 tablespoon milk 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract 
      1/2 cup shredded coconut 
      Crust Layer 
      6 tablespoons butter 
      1/4 cup sugar 
      1 1/2 cups graham cracker crumbs 
      1 1/4 cups semi-sweet chocolate 
		chips 
      1/2 cup chopped walnuts 
      Cinnamon Butter 
      1/2 cup butter (1 stick), softened 
      3 tablespoons granulated sugar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons cinnamon 
      9 scoops vanilla ice cream  
      chocolate syrup 
      caramel syrup 
      6 tablespoons chopped walnuts 
 
      1. Preheat the oven to 325 
		degrees. 
      2. Combine the flour, baking soda and baking powder in a  
      medium bowl. 
      3. In a separate large bowl, beat together the butter and 
		 sugar with an electric mixer. Continue beating for about  
      30 seconds or until mixture turns lighter in color. Add the egg, 
		 milk, and vanilla and beat until smooth. 
      4. Slowly mix the dry mixture into the wet mixture. Beat until 
		 well-combined and then mix in the coconut flakes. Set this cookie 
		 dough aside for now. 
      5. Melt 6 tablespoons of butter in a medium bowl in the microwave 
		 on high temperature for about 30 seconds. Add the sugar and stir  
      well for 30 seconds. Add the graham cracker crumbs and stir. Press 
		 this mixture into the bottom of a 9x9-inch baking dish or pan. 
      6. Sprinkle the cup of chocolate chips evenly over the graham cracker 
		 crust. 
      7. Press the cookie dough into the dish, covering the chocolate  
      chips. Use flour on your fingers to keep the soft dough from sticking. 
      8. Sprinkle the chopped walnuts 
		over the dough. Use your fingers to 
		 press the nuts into the dough. 
      9. Bake for 40-45 minutes or until the edges of the ?pie? become  
      light brown. 
      10. Prepare the cinnamon butter by creaming together the butter,  
      sugar and cinnamon in a small bowl with an electric mixer on high 
		 speed. 
      11. When you are ready to make your dessert, heat up a small skillet 
		 over medium heat. When the skillet is hot, remove it from the heat 
		 then add about 1 tablespoon of the cinnamon butter to the pan. 
		 It should quickly melt and sizzle. Slice the ?pie? into 9 pieces 
		 and place one into the hot skillet. If the ?pie? has cooled, 
		 you can reheat each slice by zapping it in the microwave for 
		 30-40 seconds. 
      12. Place a scoop of ice cream on top of the ?pie.? Drizzle  
      chocolate and caramel syrup over the dessert and then sprinkle  
      about 2 teaspoons of chopped walnuts over the top. Repeat for  
      the remaining ingredients and serve sizzling in the skillet. 
      Makes 9 desserts. 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Nacho Burger 
      Here's a clone recipe for a 
		delicious new burger from Chili's 
      unlike any you may have tasted before. It was designed by  
      the folks at this popular chain to incorporate several of 
      restaurant's prepared sides -- all of which you will now 
      have clones for -- including Chili's chili queso, Chili's 
      pico de gallo, and Chili's guacamole. Stack it all onto a 
      bun with a juicy 1/4-pound ground beef patty and some crumbled 
      tortilla chips for crunch, and you've got a slightly spicy, 
      South-of-the-border taste. Muy bien, amigos! 
      Pico de Gallo 
      2 medium tomatoes, diced 
      1/2 cup diced Spanish onion 
      2 teaspoons chopped fresh jalapeno pepper, seeded and de-ribbed 
      2 teaspoons finely minced fresh cilantro 
      Pinch of salt 
      Guacamole 
      2 small or 1 large Haas avocado 
      2 tablespoons sour cream 
      1/4 cup diced tomato 
      1/2 teaspoon diced jalapeno 
      1/4 teaspoon chopped fresh cilantro 
      1/4 teaspoon lemon juice 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      Chili Queso 
      3 ounces ground beef 
      1 teaspoon all-purpose flour 
      pinch of salt 
      pinch of ground black pepper 
      16-ounce bottle Cheez Whiz 
      2 tablespoons milk 
      1/2 teaspoon chili powder 
      1/2 teaspoon cumin 
      1/2 teaspoon paprika 
      2 pounds ground beef 
      4 large sesame seed buns 
      2 cups iceberg lettuce, shredded or chopped thin 
      2 tablespoons mayonnaise 
      1 green onion, chopped 
      16-20 tortilla chips 
      2-3 fresh jalapenos, sliced 
      1. First make the pico de 
		gallo. This is easy. Just combine all 
		 of the ingredients for the pico in a small bowl and mix well.  
      Cover bowl and chill in the refrigerator. 
      2. Now we'll make the guacamole. In a small bowl, smash up most 
		 of the avocado, but be sure to leave several unsmashed chunks. 
		 Add the remaining ingredients for the guacamole to the avocado 
		 and mix well. Cover bowl and chill in the refrigerator, next to 
		 the pico. 
      3. Next we'll make the chili queso. In yet another small bowl, mix 
		 together ground beef, flour, a pinch of salt, a pinch of black  
      pepper, and a pinch of chili powder. Use your hands to work the  
      dry ingredients into the ground beef. Brown the beef in a small  
      skillet over medium heat for about 5 minutes. Use a spoon or  
      spatula to crumble the beef as it cooks. Cook until it's brown,  
      then set aside. 
      4. Melt the Cheez Whiz with 2 tablespoons of milk over low heat. 
		 When milk and cheese has been combined, add the remaining queso 
		 ingredients. Heat while stirring often until cheese is smooth  
      and creamy, then cover saucepan and remove it from the heat. 
      5. Pre-heat a griddle or large frying pan over medium heat.  
      Lightly butter the face of each bun and brown the buns face-down 
		 on the heat. 
      6. Separate the ground beef into four 1/2-pound portions. Roll  
      each portion of meat into a ball and then pat the meat down into 
		 a circular patty slightly larger in diameter than the hamburger 
		 buns. Cook the hamburger patties for 5-10 minutes per side, until 
		 done. Lightly salt and pepper each burger patty. 
      7. Build the burger open-faced in the following order starting  
      with the bottom bun: 
      On Bottom Bun 
      1/2 cup shredded lettuce 
      hamburger patty 
      2 tablespoons chili queso 
      4 or 5 crumbled tortilla chips 
      2 teaspoons green onion 
      On Top Bun 
      1/2 tablespoon mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons pico de gallo 
      2 tablespoons guacamole 
      4 jalapeno slices 
      Serve burger with extra queso 
		and guacamole. May also serve french 
		 fries on the side and use the chili queso for dipping. 
      Makes 4 burgers. 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Southwestern Eggrolls 
      Many people have hopped on the 
		cloning bandwagon for 
      this recipe. Unfortunately the "clone" recipes that 
      are floating around out there for this dish are pretty 
      lame. So into the TSR test kitchen we go, and out comes 
      the closest thing you'll ever savor next to actually  
      eating the real thing. These "eggrolls" are made with  
      flour tortillas, stuffed with a spicy blend of corn, 
      green onions, black beans, spinach, jalapeno peppers, 
      monterey jack cheese and spices. When you add the creamy 
      avocado ranch dipping sauce, you're tastebuds will begin 
      to party. Make these several hours before you plan to serve 
      them so that they can freeze solid before frying. This will 
      help to make the outside a dark golden brown, and the  
      eggrolls will stay folded without letting any oil seep into 
      the filling. This is how they cook 'em at the restaurant 
      chain. And now you can check out the video for a hands-on 
      demonstration. 
      1 chicken breast fillet 
      1 tablespoon vegetable oil 
      2 tablespoons minced red bell pepper 
      2 tablespoons minced green onion 
      1/3 cup frozen corn 
      1/4 cup canned black beans, rinsed and drained 
      2 tablespoons frozen spinach, thawed and drained 
      2 tablespoons diced, canned jalapeno peppers 
      1/2 tablespoon minced fresh parsley 
      1/2 teaspoon cumin 
      1/2 teaspoon chili powder 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      dash cayenne pepper 
      3/4 cup shredded Monterey Jack cheese 
      five 7-inch flour tortillas 
      Avocado-ranch dipping sauce 
      1/4 cup smashed, fresh avocado (about half of an avocado) 
      1/4 cup mayonnaise 
      1/4 cup sour cream 
      1 tablespoon buttermilk 
      1 1/2 teaspoons white vinegar 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon dried parsley 
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder 
      dash dried dill weed 
      dash garlic powder 
      dash pepper 
      Garnish 
      2 tablespoons chopped tomato 
      1 tablespoon chopped onion 
      1. Preheat barbecue grill to 
		high heat. 
      2. Rub the chicken breast with some vegetable oil then grill 
		 it on the barbecue for 4 to 5 minutes per side or until done. 
		 Lightly salt and pepper each side of the chicken while it cooks. 
		 Set chicken aside until it cools down enough to handle. 
      3. Preheat 1 tablespoon of vegetable oil in a medium-size skillet 
		 over medium-high heat. 
      4. Add the red pepper and onion to the pan and saut?for a couple 
		 minutes until tender. 
      5. Dice the cooked chicken into small cubes and add it to the pan. 
		 Add the corn, black beans, spinach, jalapeno peppers, parsley, 
		 cumin, chili powder, salt, and cayenne pepper to the pan. Cook 
		 for another 4 minutes. Stir well so that the spinach separates 
		 and is incorporated into the mixture. 
      6. Remove the pan from the heat and add the cheese. Stir until the 
		 cheese is melted. 
      7. Wrap the tortillas in a moist cloth and microwave on high  
      temperature for 1 1/2 minutes or until hot. 
      8. Spoon approximately one-fifth of the mixture into the center 
		 of a tortilla. Fold in the ends and then roll the tortilla over 
		 the mixture. Roll the tortilla very tight, then pierce with a  
      toothpick to hold together. Repeat with the remaining ingredients 
		 until you have five eggrolls. Arrange the eggrolls on a plate,  
      cover the plate with plastic wrap and freeze for at least 4 hours. 
		 Overnight is best. 
      9. While the eggrolls freeze prepare the avocado-ranch dipping  
      sauce by combining all of the ingredients in a small bowl. 
      10. Preheat 4-6 cups of oil to 375 degrees. 
      11. Deep fry the eggrolls in the hot oil for 12-15 minutes and  
      remove to paper towels or a rack to drain for about 2 minutes. 
      12. Slice each eggroll diagonally lengthwise and arrange on a  
      plate around a small bowl of the dipping sauce. Garnish the  
      dipping sauce with the chopped tomato and onion. 
      Serves 3-4 
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Chili's? Southwestern Vegetable Soup 
      If you like a soup that's 
		packed with veggies, 
      that's low in fat, and has some of that Southwestern  
      zing to it, this is the one for you. Just toss all the 
      ingredients in a pot and simmer. Garnish with some  
      shredded cheese and crumbled tortillas, and prepare to 
      take the chill off.  
      6 cups chicken broth (Swanson 
		is best) 
      1 14.5-ounce can diced tomatoes, with juice 
      1 cup water  
      1 cup canned dark red kidney beans, with liquid   
      1 cup frozen yellow cut corn  
      1 cup frozen cut green beans 
      1 4-ounce can diced green chilies 
      1/2 cup diced Spanish onion 
      1/2 cup tomato sauce 
      6 corn tortillas, minced 
      1 1/2 teaspoons chili powder 
      dash garlic powder  
      Garnish 
      1 cup grated cheddar/jack cheese blend 
      1 cup crumbled corn tortilla chips  
      1. Combine all the soup 
		ingredients in a large saucepan or soup 
		 pot over high heat. Be sure to mince the corn tortillas into 
      small pieces with a sharp knife before adding them to the soup. 
      2. Bring soup to a boil, then reduce the heat and simmer for 45 
		 minutes to 1 hour, or until the soup has thickened and tortilla 
		 pieces have mostly dissolved. 
      3. To serve soup ladle 1 1/2 cups into a bowl. Sprinkle a heaping  
      tablespoon of the grated cheddar/jack cheese blend over the top of 
		 the soup, and then a heaping tablespoon of crumbled corn tortilla 
		 chips over the cheese. 
      Makes 6 servings. 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		CHOCOLATE COCONUT CRUNCH COOKIES 
       Categories: Cookies 
      Yield: 4 dozen 
  
            
		2 c  Flour 
      1 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 c  Butter; unsalted, softened 
    3/4 c  Brown sugar 
      2    Eggs; lightly beaten 
      2 ts Vanilla 
      1 ts Almond extract 
      2 c  Coconut; shredded 
     12 oz Chocolate chips 
  1 1/2 c  Almonds; lightly salted 
           -dry roasted, 
		finely chopped 
  
        Preheat the oven to 300.  
		In a small bowl, whisk together the flour, 
  baking soda and salt.  In a medium bowl, whisk together the flour, 
  baking soda and salt.  In a medium bowl with an electric mixer, 
		cream 
  the butter and sugars.  Beat in the eggs, vanilla and almond 
		extract. 
  Mix on low speed until blended.  Add the flour mixture and mix just 
  until blended; do not overmix.  add the coconut, chocolate chips, 
		and 
  almonds and stir just until blended.  Drop the dough by rounded tbsp 
  2" apart onto an ungreased cookie sheet.  Bake for 18 to 20 minutes. 
  
   
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Church's Fried Chicken 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 3    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Chicken                          
		Sandwiches 
                
		Salsa 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		-----WALDINE VAN GEFFEN VGHC42A----- 
   1      tablespoon    Sugar 
   1 1/2  cups          
		Self-rising flour 
     1/2  cup           
		Cornstarch 
   3      teaspoons     
		Seasoned salt 
   2      teaspoons     
		Paprika 
     1/2  teaspoon      Baking 
		soda 
     1/2  cup           
		Biscuit mix 
   1      Env           
		Italian Dressing Mix 
   1      Env           
		Onion soup mix 
                        
		-----TO USE----- 
   2                    
		Eggs -- mix with 
     1/4  cup           
		Cold water 
   1      cup           
		Corn oil 
      Combine all ingredients in a 
		4-cup container. Mix to blend the 
      ingredients  thoroughly. Store tightly covered at room temperature up 
		to 
      3 months. TO  USE-Dip the chicken pieces in egg mixture and then into 
      dry coating mix  and back into egg to coat the pieces evenly but 
		lightly 
      and finally back  into dry mix. Have oil piping hot in heavy skillet. 
      Brown pieces skin-side  down for 4 to 6 minutes. Use medium high 
		heat. 
      Turn and brown underside of  pieces a few minutes. Transfer to an 
		oiled 
      or Pam-sprayed 9x12x2 pan.  Cover pan in foil, sealing it on only 3 
		side 
      of pan. Bake 350~ for about  45 to 50 minutes. Remove foil. Bake 
		another 
      5 minutes just to crisp the  coating. Serves 4 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Cinnabon Cinnamon Roll 
      Serving Size : 12   
      Categories : Rolls   
      INGREDIENTS: 
		 DOUGH  
      1/4 cup warm water, 1 cup milk -- room temperature  
      1 large egg -- beaten, 1/4 cup butter -- softened, 
		 1 tablespoon sugar  
      1/2 teaspoon salt, 4 cups all purpose white flour 
      1/2 package instant vanilla pudding mix (3.4 oz box)  
      1 tablespoon bread machine yeast FILLING 1 cup brown sugar 
		 -- packed 1 tablespoon cinnamon, 1/4 cup butter -- softened 
		 CREAM CHEESE CINNAMON FROSTING, 1/2 teaspoon cinnamon 
      4 ounces cream cheese -- softened, 1/4 cup butter -- softened  
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla, 1/2 tablespoon milk, 1 1/2 cups powdered 
		 sugar 
      ********* 
		 Preparation Instructions: Dough; (Add the dough ingredients, 
		 in the order listed, to the bread machine and prepare using  
      the dough setting. On a lightly floured surface, roll out to an 
		 18" by 30" rectangle. The dough can also be handmade. If you 
		 use regular yeast, you may want to let the rolls proof for 
		 15-30 minutes after assembly). Filling In a small bowl, mix 
		 brown sugar and cinnamon. Spread the softened butter over the 
		 dough and evenly sprinkle on the sugar and cinnamon mixture. 
		 Starting at the long edge of the dough, roll up tightly. Mark 
		 the roll every 2 inches. With a thread cut the roll by placing 
		 the thread under the roll at your mark, crisscross over and  
      pull to cut. Place rolls into greased 8" or 9" baking pans 2"
       
      apart. Cover and let rise in a warm, draft free place until  
      almost double, approximately 1 hour. After rising, rolls should 
		 be touching each other and the sides of the pan. Bake at 350  
      degrees F. for 15 to 20 minutes, or until golden brown. Cream  
      Cheese Cinnamon Frosting In a small bowl, mix cream cheese,  
      butter, vanilla and milk. Add powdered sugar and cinnamon and 
		 mix until smooth. Spread on warm rolls and serve immediately. 
		 This recipe has been adjusted so that the dough can be prepared 
		 in your bread machine. These will taste most like the originals 
		 if you use Makara Cinnamon (available at the Cinnabon Stands)  
      instead of conventional powdered cinnamon from the supermarket. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Cinnabon? Icescape? 
      In a blender, Cinnabon adds 
		concentrated flavoring, 
      some ice and a curious secret ingredient referred to 
      only as a "dairy product." When blended smooth, 
      out comes these thick, refreshing drinks that look 
      and taste like they were made with ice cream. 
      For this clone we just need a little half-and-half 
      (that's half cream and half milk for those of you 
      across the pond). It gives this version the exact  
      same creamy consistency as the original with its custom 
      "dairy" ingredient. Strawberry is the most popular of 
      the flavors, but the other two are tasty as well. 
      The Mochalatta version uses the TSR clone of the  
      Mochalatta Chill from last week and produces as thicker 
      blended version of the drink, similar to Starbuck's  
      popular blended Frappuccino. 
      Strawberry 
      1 cup water 
      1/4 cup granulated sugar 
      3 cups crushed ice 
      1/3 cup frozen whole strawberries (about 4 large strawberries) 
      1/2 cup half-and-half 
      1/4 cup lemon juice 
      1/4 cup Hershey?s strawberry syrup 
      1. Combine the water and sugar 
		in a cup and stir until the sugar 
		 is dissolved. 
      2. Add this sugar syrup to other ingredients in a blender. Blend 
		 on high speed until the drink is smooth. Serve in two 16-ounce 
		 glasses. 
      Makes 2 large drinks. 
      Orange 
      3 cups crushed ice 
      1 cup water 
      2/3 cup orange juice 
      1/2 cup half-and-half 
      3 tablespoons Tang orange drink mix 
      1. Mix all ingredients in a 
		blender set on high speed until smooth 
		 and creamy. Serve in two 16-ounce glasses. 
      Makes 2 large drinks. 
      Mochalatta 
      3 cups crushed ice 
      1 1/2 cups TSR version of Mochalatta Chill 
      1/2 cup half-and-half 
      2 tablespoons chocolate syrup 
      1. Mix all ingredients in a 
		blender set on high speed until smooth 
		 and creamy. Serve in two 16-ounce glasses. 
      Makes 2 large drinks. 
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Cinnabon? Strawberry Lemonade & Mochalatta Chill? 
      Cinnabon gives lemonade a twist 
		by adding strawberry syrup. 
      It's a simple clone when you snag some Hershey's strawberry 
      syrup (near the chocolate syrup in your supermarket), 
      and a few juicy lemons. But if it's a bit of a caffeine 
      buzz you're looking for -- enhanced by a killer chocolate 
      rush -- it's the Mochalatta Chill you'll want to whip up. 
      Brew some double-strength coffee (see Tidbits) and let it 
      cool off, then get out the half & half and chocolate syrup. 
      Man, these sippers are just too dang easy!  
      Strawberry Lemonade 
      1/2 cup lemon juice (from 3-4 fresh lemons) 
      1/4 cup sugar 
      2 cups water 
      2 tablespoons Hershey?s strawberry syrup 
      1. Mix ingredients together in 
		a pitcher. Serve over ice. 
      Makes 2 drinks. 
      Mochalatta Chill 
      1 cup double strength coffee, cold (see Tidbits) 
      1 cup half and half 
      1/2 cup Hershey's chocolate syrup 
      Topping 
      whipped cream 
      1. Combine all ingredients in a 
		small pitcher. Stir well or cover 
		 and shake. Pour over ice in two 16 ounce glasses, and top with 
		 whipped cream. 
      Makes 2 large drinks. 
      Tidbits 
      Make double-strength coffee in your coffee maker by adding half 
      the water suggested by the manufacturer. Allow coffee to chill  
      in the refrigerator before using it in this recipe. 
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Cracker Jacks 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Snacks                           
		Copycat 
                
		Popcorn 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      cup           
		Peanuts -- warmed 
   1      cup           
		Butter 
   5      cups          
		Popped corn -- warm 
   2      cups          
		Brown sugar -- packed 
     1/2  cup           
		Light corn syrup 
     1/2  teaspoon      Baking 
		soda 
      Pop corn; keep warm in oven. 
		Warm nuts in pan. In saucepan, melt butter; add br 
      own suagr and syrup. Cook till thick then add baking soda; stir. Pour over 
		warm 
      ed popped corn and peanuts. Stir well. Let cool and munch down. 
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Denny's Cheese Soup 
       Categories: Copycat, Soups, 
		Cheese 
      Yield: 4 servings 
  
                    
		-patdwigans_om@juno.com 
      4 tb Butter or margarine 
     10 oz Cream of chicken soup 
     10 oz Cream of celery soup 
    1/2    Soup can Kraft's mayonnaise 
      8 oz Jar cheese Whiz 
     14 oz Can chicken broth 
           Salt and pepper 
  
        Put butter, soups, mayo 
		and Cheez Whiz in 1-1/2 quart 
  saucepan, stirring constantly over medium heat, until 
  smooth. Stir in broth and season to taste with salt 
  and pepper. Stir occasionally until piping hot -BUT 
  DO NOT LET IT BOIL! . Do not freeze because of the mayo. 
  Use within a week.   
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Dive!? S'mores 
      You don't need a campfire, wire 
		hangers or long
       
      sticks to make this popular marshmallow, chocolate  
      and graham cracker dessert. Steven Spielberg's Dive!  
      chain of theme restaurants is the inspiration for this 
      week's clone recipe, pulled from the third TSR book, 
      Top Secret Restaurant Recipes (which includes other 
      clones from the chain as well). You need only four  
      ingredients, an oven with a broiler, and a serious  
      sweet tooth to put together this delicious dessert  
      previously enjoyed only camping trips and at beach parties. 
      2 whole graham crackers (4 
		sections, not separated) 
      two 1 1/2-ounce Hershey milk chocolate bars 
      16 large marshmallows 
      2 tablespoons Hershey's chocolate syrup, in squirt bottle 
      1. Preheat the broiler. Arrange 
		the graham crackers side by side 
		 on an oven-safe plate (such as ceramic). You can also use a baking 
		 sheet. 
      2. Stack the milk chocolate bars side by side on top of the graham 
		 crackers. 
      3. Arrange the marshmallows on the chcocolate in 4 rows -- 4 across, 
		 4 down. 
      4. Broil the dessert on the middle rack for 1 to 3 minutes or until 
		 the marshmallows turn light brown on top. 
      5. Remove the dessert from the oven. If you used a baking sheet, 
		 carefully slide the dessert onto a serving plate. With the squirt 
		 bottle, immediately drizzle the chocolate syrup over the marshmallows 
		 in a sweeping back-and-forth motion. Drizzle the chocolate diagonally 
		 across the dessert one way, and then the other, creating a  
      cross-hatch pattern. Allow the chocolate to over-shoot the  
      dessert so that it creates a decorative pattern on the serving  
      plate as well. 
      Serves 2-4. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Dolly Madison? Zingers? (Devil's Food) 
      Former U.S. President James 
		Madison's wife did not 
      create this baking company, despite the fact that her  
      name is on every carrot cake, crumb cake, and Zinger that 
      comes off the production line. It was instead company  
      founder Roy Nafziger's brainstorm to use the former first 
      lady's name, since she was notorious for throwing huge  
      shindigs featuring a fine selection of desserts and baked 
      goods. Nafziger said his company would create cakes "fine 
      enough to serve at the White House." While I don't expect 
      you'll be treated to a tray of Zingers on your next stay 
      in the Lincoln Bedroom, I will agree that these little  
      snack cakes are a tasty way to appease a sweet tooth.  
      You can craft a version at home by making little cake 
      pans out of aluminum foil that is wrapped around an  
      empty prescription pill bottle. The cake batter is easy,  
      since you just use any instant devil's food cake mix.  
      I like Duncan Hines, but you can use whatever you want. 
      As for the frosting, it may not come out as dark brown  
      as the original since the recipe here doesn't include brown 
      food coloring (caramel coloring). But the taste will be  
      right on. And I think President Clinton would agree that as 
      long as the sweet little treats taste good, appearance is secondary.  
      Cake 
      Duncan Hines devil's food cake mix 
      1 1/3 cups water  
      1/2 cup oil  
      3 large eggs  
      Filling  
      2 teaspoons hot water 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      2 cups marshmallow creme (one 7-ounce jar) 
      1/2 cup shortening 
      1/3 cup powdered sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      Frosting  
      1 cup powdered sugar  
      1/4 cup Hershey's chocolate syrup 
      2 tablespoons shortening  
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla  
      dash salt  
      Tear off a bunch of foil pieces about this size. These will be your 
		 mini cake pans after folding two times and wrapping around a pill 
		 bottle. 
      Empty prescription medicine 
		bottles are actually good for something. 
      Use a toothpick or skewer to 
		dig three caverns in the cakes where the 
		 filling will live. Later you will cleverly hide these holes with  
      frosting.  
      1. Prepare the cake batter 
		following the directions on the box. 
		 If you use Duncan Hines brand, you will need 1 1/3 cups of water, 
		 1/2 cup of oil, and three eggs. Preheat oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. To prepare the cake pans that will make cakes the size of Zingers, 
		 tear off 20 pieces of aluminum foil that are each about 8 inches  
      wide. Fold the foil in half and then in half once more so that you  
      have a rectangular piece of foil. Wrap this piece of foil around a  
      small prescription medicine bottle. Tuck in the ends and take the  
      bottle out, leaving the foil open at the top. This will form a little 
		 pan. Flatten the bottom so that the mini pan stands up straight. 
		 Place this into a baking pan and repeat with the remaining pieces 
		 of foil. When you have arranged all of the foil pans in a baking  
      pan, spray the inside of all the pans with non-stick cooking spray. 
		 Fill each little pan about halfway with cake batter. Bake cakes  
      for 15 to 17 minutes or until a toothpick stuck in the center comes 
		 out clean. Remove the cakes from the oven and allow them to cool  
      completely. 
      3. To make the filling, combine the hot water with the salt in a  
      small bowl and stir until the salt is dissolved. Let this mixture  
      cool.  
      4. Combine the marshmallow creme, shortening, powdered sugar, and  
      vanilla in a medium bowl and mix well with an electric mixer on high 
		 speed until fluffy. Add the salt mixture to the bowl and mix. 
      5. To make the chocolate frosting, combine all the frosting  
      ingredients in a medium bowl and mix well with an electric mixer  
      until smooth.   
      6. To assemble your snack cakes first poke three holes with a  
      toothpick or skewer in the top of a cake and swirl around inside 
		 the holes making little caverns for your filling. 
      7. Use a pastry bag with a small tip to squeeze some filling into 
		 each hole. Careful not to overfill, or your cake will burst open. 
		 Sure, it's exciting, but this mess won't make for a good clone. 
      8. Once the cake is filled, use a butter knife to spread frosting 
		 on top of the cake over the holes. Drag a fork lengthwise over  
      the frosting making grooves  just like the real thing. 
      Makes 20 snack cakes. 
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		DoubleTree? Hotel Chocolate Chip Cookies 
      When you check in at one of 240 
		hotels run by this U.S. 
      chain, you are handed a bag from a warming oven that  
      contains two soft and delicious chocolate chip cookies.  
      This is a tradition that began in the early 90s using a 
      recipe from a small bakery in Atlanta.  All of the  
      cookies - which  weigh in at an impressive two ounces  
      each - are baked fresh every day on the hotel premises. 
      Raves for the cookies from customers convinced the hotel 
      chain to start selling the chocolaty munchables by the 
      half-dozen.  But if you've got an insatiable chocolate  
      chip cookie urge that can't wait for a package to be delivered 
      in the mail, you'll want to try this cloned version fresh out 
      of your home oven.  Just be sure to get the cookies out of 
      there when they are turning light brown.  This way they'll 
      stay soft in the middle when cool.  For even better results, 
      you can chill the dough overnight before you commence with  
      the ceremonial baking.  
      1/2 cup rolled oats 
      2 1/4 cups all-purpose flour 
      1 1/2 teaspoons baking soda  
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon cinnamon  
      1 cup (2 sticks) butter, softened  
      3/4 cup brown sugar, packed  
      3/4 cup granulated sugar  
      1 1/2 teaspoons vanilla 
      1/2 teaspoon lemon juice  
      2 eggs  
      3 cups semi-sweet chocolate chips  
      1 1/2 cups chopped walnuts  
      1. Preheat oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. Grind oats in a food processor or blender until fine. Combine 
		 the ground oats with the flour, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon  
      in a medium bowl. 
      3. Cream together the butter, sugars, vanilla, and lemon juice in 
		 another medium bowl with an electric mixer. Add the eggs and mix 
		 until smooth. 
      4. Stir the dry mixture into the wet mixture and blend well. Add  
      the chocolate chips and nuts to the dough and mix by hand until  
      ingredients are well incorporated. 
      5. Spoon rounded 1/4-cup portions onto an ungreased cookie sheet. 
		 Place the scoops about 2 inches apart. You don't need to press  
      the dough flat. Bake for 16 to 18 minutes or until cookies are  
      light brown and soft in the middle. Store in a sealed container  
      when cool to keep soft. For the best results, chill the dough  
      overnight in the refrigerator before baking the cookies. 
      Makes 20 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Dr. Ruth's almost as good as Sex Cheesecake 
      Servings: 8 
      Crust: 
      5 oz Graham cracker crumbs 
      3 tb Sugar 
      5 tb Butter melted 
      Filling: 
      16 oz Cream cheese softened 
      1/2 c Sugar 
      1/2 ts Vanilla 
      pn Salt 
      2 lg Eggs 
      3 tb Chambord liqueur 
      Topping: 
      8 oz Sour cream 
      1 tb Sugar 
      1/2 ts Vanilla 
      1 tb Chambord liqueur 
      1 c Raspberries fresh 
      Preheat oven to 350 Deg. F. To 
		prepare crust, mix graham cracker 
		 crumbs, sugar and butter. Press mixture firmly into bottom of 9" 
		 springform pan. 
      To make filling, mix cream cheese, sugar, vanilla, and salt at  
      medium speed with electric mixer. Add eggs, and mix until well  
      blended. Using a fork, gently fold Chambord into batter. Pour  
      mixture into crust. 
      Bake for approximately 40 minutes or until golden brown. Loosen  
      cake from rim of pan. Let cool and remove rim of pan.  
      To prepare topping, mix sour cream, sugar, vanilla, and Chambord 
		 and spread evenly over cheesecake. Refrigerate for 4 hours or  
      until firm. Top with fresh raspberries just before serving. 
      Chambord a French liqueur 
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Drake's? Devil Dogs 
      Here's a clone recipe for a 
		favorite east coast
       
      treat that could even fool Rosie O'Donnell. The snack 
      food - loving talk show hostess professes her love 
      for these tasty Drake's goodies all the time on her  
      daytime show. And who could blame her? It's hard not  
      to relish the smooth, fluffy filling sandwiched between 
      two tender devil's food cake fingers. I'll take a Devil 
      Dog over a Twinkie any day of the week. For this clone 
      recipe, we'll make the cakes from scratch. This will  
      help us to create a flavor and texture closest to the  
      original, although the color will be much lighter than  
      the real thing (the miracles of food coloring). But if  
      you're feeling especially lazy, you can certainly use a 
      devil's food cake mix in place of the scratch recipe here. 
      Just make the filling with the recipe below and assemble  
      your cakes the same way.  
      Cake 
      1 egg 
      1/2 cup shortening 
      1 1/4 cups granulated sugar 
      1 cup milk 
      1 teaspoon vanilla 
      2 1/3 cups all-purpose flour 
      1/2 cup cocoa 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon baking powder 
      Filling 
      2 cups marshmallow creme (1 7-ounce jar) 
      1 cup shortening 
      1/2 cup powdered sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      2 teaspoons very hot water 
      1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees. 
      2. In a medium bowl, blend together the egg, shortening,  
      and sugar with an electric mixer. Continue beating while  
      adding the milk and vanilla. 
      3. In another bowl sift together remaining cake ingredients - 
		 flour, cocoa, salt, and baking powder. 
      4. Combine the dry ingredients with the wet ingredients and beat 
		 until smooth. 
      5. Spoon about a tablespoon of the batter in strips about 4 inches 
		 long and 1 inch wide on a lightly greased cookie sheet. Bake for 
		 5 to 6 minutes or until the cakes are done. Cool. 
      6. In another bowl combine the marshmallow creme, shortening, 
		 powdered sugar and vanilla. Dissolve the 1/8 teaspoon of salt 
		 in the 2 teaspoons of very hot water in a small bowl. Add this 
		 salt solution to the filling mixture and beat on high speed with 
		 an electric mixer until the filling is smooth and fluffy. 
      7. When the cakes have cooled, spread about a tablespoon of  
      filling on the face of one cake and top it off with another cake. 
		 Repeat with the remaining ingredients. 
      Makes 20 to 24 snack cakes. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		Durkee's Famous Sauce 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 16   Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Sauces                           
		Cheese/Eggs 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		-----WALDINE VAN GEFFEN VGHC42A----- 
     1/2  cup           
		Cold water 
   4      tablespoons   Cornstarch 
     1/2  cup           
		Plus 2 TB dark vinegar 
   2      tablespoons   Salt 
     1/2  cup           
		Sugar 
   1      Whole         
		egg 
   4      tablespoons   French's 
		prepared mustard 
   4      tablespoons   Margarine 
		-- tiny bits 
      Place all ingredients as listed 
		in blender on high speed until smooth (2 
      minutes). Transfer to top of double boiler and cook over gently boiling 
      water, stirring often for 12 to 15 minutes or until thickened and smooth. 
      Once more put mixture back through blender 30 seconds or till smooth, 
      using high speed. Refrigerate in covered container 24 hours before using. 
      Keep refrigerated  3 months.  
      El Pollo Loco (Pollo Asada) 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 4    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Chicken                          
		Cheese/Eggs 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      cup           
		White wine vinegar 
   1      cup           
		Olive oil 
     1/2  cup           
		White wine 
                        
		Oregano 
                        
		Thyme 
                        
		Salt 
  10      milliliters   Garlic -- mince 
   1 1/2  teaspoons     Hot sauce 
      Mix all ingredients and 
		marinate two whole chicken which have been cut in 
      half. Marinate several hours in refrigerator. Grill chickens slowly until 
      done. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		El Pollo Loco Chicken 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 4    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Chicken                          
		Sauces 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1                    
		Chicken -- cut pieces w/skin 
                        
		BROILER BASTING SAUCE 
     1/3  cup           
		Lemon juice 
     1/3  cup           
		Lime juice 
     1/3  cup           
		Canola or vegetable oil 
   1      teaspoon      
		Ground turmeric 
     1/2  teaspoon      Garlic 
		salt 
     1/4  teaspoon      Black 
		pepper 
      Briefly simmer the cut-up 
		chicken in a deep-sided skillet, keeping pieces 
      in single layer without crowding them, until the meat appears milky white 
      and the juices run clear, no longer pink. Allow to cool in the broth, 
      uncovered, while you prepare the basting sauce. Arrange the chicken pieces 
      skin-side up on broiler pan in single layer and baste with enough of 
      mixture to evenly coat skin side. Turn and baste other side. Turn again to 
      skin side up and broil 6" from the heat, brushing with additional sauce 
      every few minutes until skin is really crispy and golden brown, 
      approximately 5 to 8 minutes for large pieces. BASTING MIXTURE-Mix juices, 
      oil, turmeric, salt and pepper. This makes enough to baste nine pieces. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
		El Pollo Loco Mexican Beans 
      Recipe By     
		: Greg Young of El Pollo Loco via LA Times 
      Serving Size  : 6    Preparation Time :0:30 
      Categories    : Beans and Legumes                
		California 
                
		Mexican                          
		Side Dishes 
                
		Low Fat 
        Amount  Measure       
		Ingredient -- Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      tablespoon    
		vegetable oil 
   1      whole         
		serrano chile 
     1/4  teaspoon      
		serrano chiles -- ground 
   1      28-oz. can    pinto 
		beans 
     1/3  cup           
		water 
      Heat oil and 
		whole chile in sauce pan. When chile is tender, add ground
       
      chiles, beans and water. Stir well. Bring to a boil, reduce heat and 
		simmer 10 
      to 15 minutes. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      EL TORITO 
		CHICKEN AND LIME SOUP 
       Categories: 
		Soups, Mexican 
      Yield: 4 servings 
  
            
		1 qt Chicken stock                       
		1 c  Julienne-cut tomatoes 
      2    Limes; (just the juice)           
		1/2 c  Julienne-cut red onion 
      1 t  Dried Mexican oregano               
		1 T  Minced cilantro 
      1 t  Dried basil                         
		4 oz Jalapeno Jack cheese; cubed 
      1 t  Pureed chipotle chile               
		2    Corn tortillas;cut in strip 
      s 
      1    Bay leaf                            
		1    Avocado* 
           Salt & White pepper                 
		4    Lime slices 
      2    Chicken breast halves*              
		4    Cilantro sprigs 
  
        
		*Note- Chicken breasts should be cooked and shredded.  Avocado, 
		peeled, 
  pitted and sliced. Combine stock, lime juice, oregano, basil, pureed 
  chipotle and bay leaf in stockpot. Season to taste with salt and white 
  pepper.  Bring to boil. Simmer 15 minutes. 
      Add shredded chicken, tomatoes, red onion and 
		cilantro.  Bring to boil. 
  Simmer 5 minutes.  Adjust seasonings to taste.  Ladle very hot 
		soup into 
  warm soup bowls.  Drop in cheese cubes.  Garnish each serving 
		with a few 
  tortilla strips, avocado slices, lime slice and cilantro sprig.  
		Makes 
  about 1 quart. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      El Torito Sweet 
		Corn Cake 
      Recipe By     
		: El Torito Restaurant, California 
      Serving Size  : 12   Preparation Time :0:30 
      Categories    : Breads                           
		Copycat 
                
		Mexican 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
     1/4  cup           
		butter or margarine 
   2      tablespoons   shortening 
     1/2  cup           
		masa harina 
   3      tablespoons   cold water 
  10      ounces        
		corn kernels 
   3      tablespoons   cornmeal 
     1/4  cup           
		sugar 
   2      tablespoons   whipping 
		cream 
     1/4  teaspoon      baking 
		powder 
     1/4  teaspoon      salt 
      My favorite, 
		and well worth the effort. Masa harina comes in a bag like 
      flour and can be found with the flour in most supermarkets.  It's the 
		flour 
      to use for corn tortillas. The recipe doubles easily and turns out well 
		with 
      either of the two methods provided. -- Ann Weeks, Corona   
		Method two is the 
      moist scoop we usually get at the restaurant. -- patH 
      ----- 
      Place butter and shortening in mixer bowl and whip until soft; continue 
      whipping until fluffy and creamy. Add masa gradually while mixing; add 
		water 
      gradually and mix thoroughly. 
      Place corn 
		kernels in blender or food processor fitted with metal blade; 
      coarsely chop. Stir into the masa harina. Place (regular) cornmeal, sugar, 
      whipping cream, baking powder and salt in large mixing bowl; mix quickly. 
      Add masa mixture and mix lightly, just until blended. Pour into greased 
      8-inch-square baking pan. Cover with foil.   
      Method 1: 
		Bake in 350-degree oven 40 to 50 minutes or until corn cake has a 
      firm texture. 
      Method 2: 
		Place pan in a larger pan and pour boiling water half way up corn 
      cake pan. Bake at 350 degrees 40 to 50 minutes, checking water level and 
      adding more boiling water, if necessary. When cooked through, remove corn 
      cake pan from water. 
      Let cooked 
		cake stand at room temperature for few minutes before cutting 
      into squares or using a small ice cream scoop to serve.   
      Makes 10 to 
		12 small servings. Store leftovers in the refrigerator. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
       El Torito's Sweet 
		Corn Cake 
            
		Yield: 10 servings 
  
                 
		LYNN THOMAS DCQP82A-- 
    1/4 c  Butter, unsalted 
      2 tb Shortening 
    1/2 c  Masa harina 
      3 tb Cold water 
      1    10 Ounce Pkg  frozen 
		corn 
           Kernels 
      3 tb Cornmeal 
    1/4 c  Sugar 
      2 tb Whipping cream 
    1/4 ts Baking powder 
    1/4 ts Salt 
  
        1) 
		Whip butter and shortening in mixing bowl until fluffy and 
		 creamy. 
  Add masa harina gradually and mix thoroughly. Add water gradually, 
        
		mixing thoroughly. 2) Blend corn kernels until coarsley chopped. 
		 Stir 
  into masa mixture. 3) Mix cornmeal, sugar, whipping cream, baking 
  powder and salt in large bowl. Add butter-masa mixture; mix until 
  blended. 4) Pour masa mixture into 8" greased baking pan. Cover  
      with 
  foil and bake at 350 degrees until corn cake is firm, 40 to 50 
  minutes. Allow to stand at room temperature 15 minutes before  
      cutting 
  into squares. Or use ice cream scoop to serve. Each serving  
      contains 
  about: 147 calories; 76 mg sodium; 16 mg cholesterol; 9 grams 
		 fat; 17 
  grams carbohydrates; 2 grams protein; 0.21 grams fiber.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
                        
			  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Entenmann's Apple 
		Crumb Cake 
      1/3 cup 
		Butter  
      4 Granny Smith Apples  
      ? cup Sugar  
      1 tsp Lemon peel  
      ? tsp Cinnamon  
      1/8 tsp Mace  
      1/3 cup Currants  
      2? cups Flour  
      3 tbsp Sugar  
      ? tsp Salt  
		 1 package Active dry yeast  
      ? cup Water  
      1/3 cup Butter  
      1 Egg  
      1 tsp Lemon peel  
      ? cup Chopped pecans  
      6 tbsp Flour  
      ? cup Confectioner's sugar  
      3 tbsp Butter  
      ? tsp Cinnamon  
		  
       
 
      
 
 
      Melt butter 
		in large skillet. Pare,core and slice apples 
		 to ?" pieces. Add apples to butter and cook, stirring,  
      8 minutes until tender. stir in sugar, peel, cinnamon,  
      mace and currants. Cook 15 minutes, stirring until thickened. 
		 Cool. 
      In large bowl, combine 1 cup flour, sugar, salt and yeast.  
      In small saucepan, combine water and butter. Heat on low flame 
		 until 120?F Gradually add to dry ingredients. Beat 2 minutes, 
		 Beat in egg, peel and ? cup flour. With mixer, beat 2 minutes. 
		 Add remaining flour, stir in. Cover, let rest 20 minutes.   
      Grease 2 
		baking sheets. Place half the dough on well floured 
		 work surface, roll to 14"x12". Place on sheet. Spread ? filling 
		 lengthwise down center of the dough. Starting about ?" for filling, 
		 cut 1" wide strips diagonally from filling to edges of dough. 
		 Alternately fold opposite strips of dough at angles across filling. 
		 Fold ends over filling. Brush large piece of waxed paper with 
		 vegetable oil. Loosely cover sheet. Top with plastic wrap.  
      Refrigerate 2 hours.  
      Uncover, let stand at room temperature 10 minutes. Preheat oven 
		 to 375?F. Combine rest of ingredients for topping. Sprinkle over 
		 loaves.   
      Bake 30-35 
		minutes until lightly browned. Remove from sheet. Cool.
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Entenmann's Fat-Free Chocolate Cupcakes 
      1 small Box 
		Jello chocolate pudding powder
       
      ? cup Non-fat dry milk powder  
      1 tbsp Unsweetened Hershey's cocoa  
      ? cup Sugar  
      1 cup Self-rising flour  
		 4 Egg whites, beat until stiff with 1 pinch Salt  
      1? qt bowl  
      1 tsp Vanilla  
      4 oz Applesauce  
      ? tsp Baking soda   
      In medium 
		mixing bowl combine Jello powder, dry milk, cocoa, 
		 sugar and flour. Set aside. With electric mixer, beat  
      alternately into the egg white mixture a cup at a time with 
		 the vanilla, applesauce and baking soda, which have been  
      mixed together. Beat 2 minutes after last addition. Divide  
      batter equally between 12 paper-line cupcake wells. Bake at 350?F 
		 about 18-20 minutes or until tester comes out clean. Cool in 
		 pan on wire rack 10 minutes then remove.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Entenmann's Fat-Free Oatmeal Raisin Cookies 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 48   Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Desserts                         
		Cookies 
                
		Low-Fat 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		-----WALDINE VAN GEFFEN VGHC42A----- 
   1      tablespoon    
		Molasses 
   3                    
		Raw egg whites 
   1      cup           
		Dark raisins 
   1 1/2  teaspoons     Vanilla 
   1      cup           
		Light brown sugar -- packed 
   1      cup           
		Granulated sugar 
     1/2  cup           
		Non-fat dry milk powder 
     1/2  teaspoon      
		Cinnamon 
   1 1/2  teaspoons     Baking powder 
   2 1/2  cups          
		Quaker brand quick-cooking -- rolled oats 
   1      cup           
		All-purpose flour 
      Put 
		molasses, egg whites and raisins into blender and blend on high speed 
      just to mince but not to puree (about 5-10 seconds). Empty mixture into 
      medium mixing bowl. With mixer beat in on medium speed each of the 
      remaining ingredients, beating well after each addition, adding both the 
      oats and flour in small portions. Switch to mixing spoon if dough becomes 
      too stiff for mixer. Lightly spray cookie sheet with Pam and wipe off 
      excess lightly with paper towel; any excess of the cookie sheet may burn 
      while cookies are baking. You need only a very light film of the Pam just 
      to keep cookies from sticking. Use 1 measuring teaspoonful of dough for 
      each cookie and place 2" apart on prepared cookie sheet. Bake in preheated 
      350~ oven 6-8 minutes. Do not overbake. Cool on paper towels, removing 
      from cookie sheets carefully. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Entenmann's Pound Cake 
      ? lb Real 
		butter  
      2 cups Powdered sugar  
      3 large Eggs  
      1 2/3 cups Flour  
      1 tbsp Lemon or vanilla extract   
      Preheat oven 
		to 325?F. Spray an 8?" Pyrex loaf dish with Pam. 
		 Cream butter with sugar on high speed of mixer for 5 minutes. 
		 Add 1 egg and then a little flour, beating 2 minutes. Add 2nd 
		 egg and half of remaining flour and beat 2 minutes. Add 3rd egg, 
		 rest of flour and extract, beating 2 minutes. Spread thick and 
		 creamy batter evenly in prepared loaf dish. Bake 65 minutes or 
		 until tester inserted into center comes out clean.   
      Cool in 
		baking dish on wire rack 30 minutes. Remove from dish. 
		 Slice ?" thick. If freezing, be sure to slice before freezing  
      loaf. Thaw to use within 6 months.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Famous 
		Amos Chocolate Chip Cookies 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Desserts                         
		Cookies 
                
		Low-Fat 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		-----WALDINE VAN GEFFEN VGHC42A----- 
     1/2  pound         
		Butter or margarine 
   1      cup           
		Light brown sugar -- packed 
   1      cup           
		Sugar 
   3                    
		Eggs 
   3      cups          
		Bisquick 
   1      cup           
		Cornstarch 
     1/2  cup           
		Nonfat milk powder 
   2      tablespoons   Sanka or 
		coffee powder 
   1      tablespoon    
		Unsweetened cocoa powder 
   1      tablespoon    
		Vanilla 
   1      Package            
		semi-sweet chocolate pieces -- (12 ounces) 
   4      ounces        
		Pecans -- well-chopped 
      With 
		electric mixer, high speed, cream butter until light and fluffy. Beat 
      in sugars, beating until very creamy. Beat in eggs, then each remaining 
      ingredient, except chips and pecans When dough is smooth, work in chips 
      and pecans with spoon. Make grape-sized pieces of dough for each cookie, 
      placing 1" apart on ungreased sheet. Bake at 350~ for 14 minutes or until 
      golden brown. 12 dozen itsy bitsy cookies. Freeze unbaked cookie dough to 
      thaw, shape and bake in 4 months. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Famous Amos Raisin-Filled Choc Chip Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 72 servings 
  
            
		2 c  Margarine; softened 
    3/4 c  Packed light brown sugar 
    3/4 c  Granulated sugar 
      1 ts Vanilla 
      2 md Eggs 
  2 1/2 c  All-purpose flour; sifted 
      1 ts Baking soda 
    1/2 ts Salt 
      2 c  Raisins 
     12 oz Semisweet chocolate chips 
  
        
		Recipe by: St. Louis Post-Dispatch 11/27/95 
     Preheat oven to 375 degrees. Beat margarine, brown and 
		white sugars, 
  vanilla, 1 teaspoon water and eggs with electric mixer in large bowl 
		until 
  creamy and thoroughly blended. 
    By hand, stir in flour, baking soda and salt until well 
		mixed. Stir in 
  raisins and chocolate chips. 
    Spoon dough by teaspoonfuls onto cookie sheets. Leave 1 to 1 
		1/2 inches 
  between cookies. Bake 8 minutes or until cookies are browned to your 
  liking.  Yield: About 6 dozen. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Fatburger? 
      Southern 
		California - the birthplace of famous hamburgers from 
		 McDonald's, Carl's Jr., and In-n-Out Burger - is home to another 
		 thriving burger chain that opened its first outlet in 1952. Lovie 
		 Yancey thought of the perfect name for the 1/3-pound burgers she 
		 sold at her Los Angeles burger joint: Fatburger. Now with over 41 
		 units in California, Nevada, and moving into Washington and 
		 Arizona, Fatburger has become the food critics' favorite, winning 
		 "best burger in town" honors with regularity. The secret is the 
		 seasoned salt used on a big 'ol lean beef patty. And there's no 
		 ketchup on the stock version, just mayo, mustard, and relish.  
      Replace the ground beef with ground turkey and you've got Fatburger's 
		 Turkeyburger all up and cloned.     
      1/3 pound 
		lean ground beef 
      seasoned salt  
      ground black pepper  
      1 plain hamburger bun  
      1/2 tablespoon mayonnaise  
      1/4 cup chopped iceberg lettuce  
      1 tomato slice  
      1/2 tablespoon mustard  
      1/2 tablespoon sweet pickle relish  
      1 tablespoon chopped onion  
      3 dill pickle slices (hamburger slices)   
      Optional 
      1 slice American cheese   
      Grill the unsuspecting beef patty in a hot frying pan. 
      
 
      Slap the hot 
		side and the cold side together. 
		  
 
      
 
 
      1. Form the 
		ground beef into a patty that is about 1 inch wider 
		 than the circumference of the hamburger bun. 
      2. Preheat a non-stick frying pan to medium/high heat. Fry the  
      patty in the pan for 3 to 4 minutes per side or until done. Season 
		 both sides of the beef with seasoned salt and ground black pepper. 
      3. As the meat cooks prepare the bun by spreading approximately 1/2 
		 tablespoon of mayonnaise on the face of the top bun.  
      4. Place the lettuce on the mayonnaise, followed by the tomato slice. 
      5. When the beef is done place the patty on the bottom bun.  
      6. Spread about 1/2 tablespoon of mustard over the top of the beef  
      patty. 
      7. Spoon about 1/2 tablespoon of relish over the mustard. 
      8. Sprinkle the chopped onion onto the relish. 
      9. Arrange the pickles on the chopped onion. 
      10. Bring the two halves of the burger together and serve with 
		 gumption. 
      Makes 1 burger. 
      Tidbits 
      If you want cheese on your burger, put a slice of American cheese 
		 on the face of the bottom bun before adding the beef patty. The  
      heat from the meat will melt the cheese.        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
            
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Fiddle Faddle? & Screaming Yellow Zonkers? 
      I know the 
		most popular candy corn out there is Cracker Jack, 
		 but my favorite has always been Screaming Yellow Zonkers and 
		 Fiddle Fiddle from Lincoln Snacks Company. Fiddle Faddle is  
      butter toffee-coated popcorn with almonds thrown in. Screaming 
		 Yellow Zonkers (you gotta love the name) is similar, but without 
		 the almonds. The secret to the yellow coloring of the Zonkers: 
		 buttered popcorn.   
      Fiddle 
		Faddle (butter toffee with almonds) 
      3/4 cup granulated sugar 
      1/4 cup brown sugar 
      1/2 cup (1 stick) butter 
      1/2 cup corn syrup 
      1/2 cup water 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1 1/3 bags plain or natural-flavored microwave popcorn 
      1/2 cup roasted almonds 
      Zonkers 
      1 cup granulated sugar 
      4 tablespoons butter 
      1/2 cup corn syrup 
      1/2 cup water 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1 1/3 bags butter-flavored microwave popcorn 
      1. For 
		either recipe, combine sugar, butter, corn syrup, water
       
      and salt in a large saucepan over medium heat. You're going to  
      bring the candy to 265-275 degrees, or what is known as the hard 
		 ball stage. For this it's best to use a candy thermometer. If you 
		 don't have one, don't worry. Drip the candy into a small glass of 
		 cold water. If the candy forms a very hard, yet slightly pliable 
		 ball, bingo, you're there. Watch your mixture closely so that it 
		 doesn't boil over.  
      2. While candy cooks, pop both bags of popcorn and spread about 2 
		 quarts or 1 1/3 bags of popcorn (plus almonds for Fiddle Faddle) 
		 on one large or two small cookie sheets. Put the popcorn in your 
		 oven set on its lowest temperature. This will keep the popcorn hot 
		 so that the candy will coat better. 
      3. When your candy has reached the hard ball stage, add the vanilla. 
      4. Pull the popcorn from the oven and, working quickly, pour the 
		 candy over the popcorn in thin streams. Mix the popcorn so that  
      each kernel is coated with candy, put the popcorn back into the oven 
		 for five more minutes, then stir once again. This will help to coat 
		 each kernel. You can repeat this step once more if necessary to get 
		 all of the popcorn coated. Pour popcorn onto a large sheet of wax  
      paper to cool. Spread the popcorn out, but be careful...it's hot.  
      5. When popcorn is cool, break it up and immediately put it into a 
		 tightly sealed container, such as Tupperware. This will ensure that 
		 it stays fresh. This stuff gets stale very quickly in moist climates 
		 if left out. 
      Makes about 4 quarts.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Girl Scout 
		Cookies? Shortbread 
      
       
      Since they 
		only sell these once a year, right around
       
      springtime, you're bound to get a craving sometime around fall. 
  And if you're still holding onto a box, they may have begun 
      to taste a bit like used air-hockey pucks. Now you can toss out 
		 those relics and fill the box with a fresh batch, made from  
      this clone recipe for the first variety of cookies sold by the 
		 Girl Scouts back in 1917. 
      1/2 cup 
		butter-flavored shortening 
      1 cup powdered sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      2 tablespoons beaten egg 
      1/2 teaspoon baking soda 
      2 tablespoons buttermilk 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour (plus an extra 1/4 cup reserved for 
		 rolling) 
      1/8 teaspoon baking powder 
      1. In a 
		large mixing bowl, cream together the shortening, sugar, 
		 vanilla, and salt with an electric mixer. 
      2. Add the egg and beat mixture until it's fluffy. Add the baking 
		 soda and mix for about 20 seconds, then add the buttermilk and mix 
		 for an additional 30 seconds. 
      3. In another bowl, combine the flour and baking powder. 
      4. Pour dry ingredients into wet ingredients and mix well with an 
		 electric mixer until flour is incorporated. 
      5. Roll the dough into a ball, cover it with plastic wrap, and chill 
		 it for 1 hour. 
      6. Preheat oven to 325 degrees. 
      7. Roll dough out on a well-floured surface to 1/8-inch thick and  
      punch out cookies with a 1 1/2 to 2-inch cutter (a medium-size spice 
		 bottle lid works well). Arrange cookies on an ungreased cookie sheet. 
      8. Bake for 12 to 15 minutes or until golden brown. 
      Makes 60 cookies. 
      
      
 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Girl Scout 
		Cookies? Thin Mints 
      If those 
		cute little cookie peddlers aren't posted outside 
		 the market, it may be tough to get your hands on these -  
      the most popular cookies sold by the Girl Scouts each year.  
		 One out of every four boxes of cookies sold by the girls is 
		 Thin Mints.  This recipe uses an improved version of the 
		 chocolate wafers created for the Oreo cookie clone in the 
		 second TSR book "More Top Secret Recipes." That recipe creates 
		 108 cookie wafers, so when you're done dipping, you'll have 
		 the equivalent of three boxes of the Girl Scout Cookies favorite. 
  (See?  That's why you bought those extra cookie sheets.) 
  You could, of course, reduce the recipe by baking only 1/3 
		 of the cookie dough for the wafers and then reducing the  
      coating ingredients by 1/3, giving you a total of 36 cookies. 
  But that may not be enough to last you until next spring. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Chocolate Cookie 
		Wafers 
      1 18.25-ounce package Betty Crocker chocolate fudge cake mix 
      3 tablespoons shortening, melted 
      1/2 cup cake flour, measured then sifted 
      1 egg 
      3 tablespoons water 
      Non-stick cooking spray 
      Coating 
      3 12-ounce bags semi-sweet chocolate chips 
      3/4 teaspoon peppermint extract 
      6 tablespoons shortening 
      1. Combine 
		the cookie ingredients in a large bowl, adding the 
		 water a little bit at a time until the dough forms.  Cover  
      and chill for 2 hours. 
      2. Preheat oven to 350 degrees. 
      3.  On a lightly floured surface, roll out a portion of the dough 
		 to just under 1/16 of an inch thick.  To cut, use a lid from a  
      spice container with a 1 1/2-inch diameter (Schilling brand is good.) 
  Arrange the cut dough rounds on a cookie sheet that is sprayed with 
		 a light coating on non-stick spray.  Bake for 10 minutes.  
		Remove
       
      the wafers from the oven and cool completely. 
      4.  Combine chocolate chips with peppermint extract and shortening 
		 in a large microwave - safe glass or ceramic bow.  Heat on 50  
      percent power for 2 minutes, stir gently, then heat for an addition 
		 minute.  Stir once again, and if chocolate is not a smooth 
		 consistency, continue to zap in microwave in 30-second intervals  
      until smooth. 
      5.  Use a fork to dip each wafer in the chocolate, tap the fork on 
		 the edge of the bowl so that the excell chocolate runs off, and  
      then place the cookies side-by-side on a wax paper - lined baking  
      sheet.  Refrigerate until firm. 
      Makes 108 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Good Reasons 
		Italian Dressing 
      
       
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Dressings                        
		Copycat 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      Tbls          
		Garlic Salt 
   1      Tbls          
		Onion Powder 
   1      Tbls          
		Sugar 
   2      Tbls          
		Oregano 
   1      Tsp           
		Pepper 
     1/4  Tsp           
		Thyme 
   1      Tsp           
		Basil 
   1      Tbls          
		Parsley 
     1/4  tsp           
		Celery Salt 
   2      Tbls          
		Salt 
   1      Env.          
		Cup Of Soup Cream Of Chicken Mix 
     1/4  C             
		Cider Vinegar 
   2      Tbls          
		Water 
     2/3  c             
		Oil 
       Combine all 
		dry ingr. Store covered at room temp. For dressing: Mix   
		vinegar, water, oil and 2 oz of the dry mix. Shake well. From: GLORIA   
		PITZER "EATING OUT AT HOME" (CB018) *Also good as a italian spice  
		blend 
                         
		- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
      NOTES : 
		Yield One Serving 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Good 
		Seasons? Italian Salad Dressing Mix 
      Here's a 
		clone for the instant dressing mix you buy in the 
		 little .7-ounce packets. When added to vinegar, water, and 
		 oil, you get one of the best-tasting instant salad dressings 
		 around. But what if you can't find the stuff, or it is no  
      longer sold in your area, as I've heard from so many? Or maybe 
		 you want to save some money and make a bunch of your own? 
		 Just use the recipe below to make as much dry mix as you want, 
		 and save it for when you need instant salad satisfaction. 
      I've used McCormick lemon pepper in the recipe here because 
		 it contains lemon juice solids that help duplicate the taste 
		 of the sodium citrate and citric acid in the real thing.  
      The dry pectin, which can be found near the canning supplies  
      in your supermarket, is used as a thickener, much like the 
      xanthan gum in the original product.   
      1 teaspoon 
		carrot, grated and finely chopped 
      1 teaspoon red bell pepper, finely minced 
      3/4 teaspoon McCormick lemon pepper 
      1/8 teaspoon dried parsley flakes 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder 
      2 teaspoons sugar 
      1/8 teaspoon black pepper 
      2 teaspoons dry pectin 
      pinch ground oregano 
      
 
      1. Place the 
		carrot and bell pepper on a baking pan in an oven 
		 set on 250 degrees for 45 to 60 minutes, or until all of the  
      small pieces are completely dry, but not browned. 
      2. Combine the dried carrot and bell pepper with the other  
      ingredients in a small bowl. Mix can be stored in a sealed  
      container indefinitely until needed. 
      3. When ready to use, pour 1/4 cup of vinegar into a cruet or 
		 jar. Add 3 tablespoons of water, then the dressing mix. Seal  
      and shake vigorously. Add 1/2 cup of oil and shake until well  
      blended. 
      Serves 8 to10. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		GrandMa's? Oatmeal Raisin Big Cookies 
      GrandMa's 
		Cookie Company was founded back in 1914 by Foster 
		 Wheeler, but it wasn't until 1977 that the company introduced 
		 the popular Big Cookie. This large, soft cookie comes two to 
		 a pack and is offered in several varieties, including oatmeal 
		 raisin. Now you can bake up a couple batches all your own with 
		 this spiffy kitchen clone. Just be sure not to overdo it in the 
		 oven. You want these cookies soft and chewy when cool - just 
		 like a happy grandma would make 'em -- so take them out when 
		 they are just beginning to turn light brown around the edges.   
      1/2 cup 
		raisins 
      1/3 cup water 
      1/2 cup vegetable shortening  
      1 egg 
      1 1/2 cups dark brown sugar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons vanilla 
      2 cups all-purpose flour 
      1 1/4 cups oats (not instant) 
      2 teaspoons baking soda  
      3/4 teaspoon cinnamon 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 cup raisins 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 275 degrees. 
      2. Combine 1/2 cup raisins with water in a food processor and  
      blend on high speed for about 1 minute or until very smooth. 
      3. Combine this raisin puree with the vegetable shortening, egg, 
		 brown sugar, and vanilla in a large bowl. Mix well with electric 
		 mixer until smooth. 
      4.  In a separate bowl, combine the flour with the oats, baking 
		 soda, cinnamon, and salt. Pour this dry mixture into the wet  
      mixture and mix well until ingredients are incorporated. Mix in 
		 1/2 cup raisins. 
      5. Roll 3 tablespoon-size portions of the dough into a ball in  
      your hands and press to 1/2-inch flat on an ungreased baking sheet. 
		 Bake for 18 to 20 minutes. Be careful not to overcook, or the 
		 cookies will not be chewy. Store in a sealed container. 
      Makes 16 to 18 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		GrandMa's? Peanut Butter Big Cookies 
      When these 
		cookies are cool, be sure to seal them up
       
      real super duper tight in something like Tupperware or 
		 a Ziploc bag. That's the way to keep these puppies moist 
		 and chewy like the original GrandMa's Big Cookies. In fact, 
		 the real product claims to be the only national cookie brand 
		 that guarantees the freshness of the product or double your  
      money back. That's very big of the current manufacturer,  
      Frito-Lay, which purchased the GrandMa's Cookies brand from 
		 General Mills back in 1980.   
      1/2 cup 
		vegetable shortening
       
      1/2 cup Peter Pan peanut butter 
      1 1/4 cups packed dark brown sugar 
      1 egg 
      1 teaspoon vanilla 
      3/4 teaspoon salt 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour  
      2 teaspoons baking soda 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 275 degrees. 
      2. Beat shortening, peanut butter, brown sugar, egg, vanilla, 
		 and salt together in large bowl until smooth. 
      3. In a separate bowl combine the flour and baking soda. Slowly 
		 add the dry mixture to the wet mixture while beating.  
      4. Roll 3 tablespoon-size portions of the dough into a ball in 
		 your hands and press to 1/2-inch flat on an ungreased baking  
      sheet. Bake for 18 to 20 minutes. Be careful not to overcook,  
      or the cookies will not be chewy and you may negatively impact 
		 the full enjoyment potential of the product. 
      Makes 14 to 16 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Great 
		American Cookies? Snickerdoodles 
      Rather than 
		trying to beat the competitors - especially 
		 if they have an exceptional product -  Mrs. Fields Famous 
		 Brands waves the cash at 'em. With the acquisition of  
      Great American Cookies in 1998 by the company that made 
		 chewy mall cookies big business -- Mrs. Fields is now 
		 peddling her baked wares in more than 90 percent of the 
		 premier shopping malls in the United States. That's how  
      you make the dough! One of the all-time favorites you can 
		 snag at any of the 364 Great American Cookies outlets is  
      this clone of the classic snickerdoodle. Rolled in cinnamon 
		 and sugar, it's soft and chewy like the other cookies, and  
      will seem to be undercooked when you take it out of the oven. 
		 When it cools it should be gooey, yet firm in the middle.  
      And a couple bites will make you wonder: "Got milk?!"   
      1/2 cup 
		butter (1 stick), softened 
      1/2 cup granulated sugar 
      1/3 cup brown sugar 
      1 egg 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1 1/2 cups flour 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/4 teaspoon cream of tartar 
      Topping 
      2 tablespoons granulated sugar 
      1 teaspoon cinnamon 
      1. In a 
		large bowl, cream together the butter and sugars with 
		 an electric mixer on high speed. Add the egg and vanilla and 
		 beat until smooth. 
      2. In another bowl, combine the flour, salt, baking soda, and 
		 cream of tartar. 
      3. Pour the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and mix well. 
      4. Preheat oven to 300 degrees while you let the dough rest for  
      30 to 60 minutes in the refrigerator. 
      5. In a small bowl, combine the sugar with the cinnamon for the 
		 topping. 
      6. Take about 2 1/2 tablespoons of the dough and roll it into a  
      ball. Roll this dough in the cinnamon/sugar mixture and press it  
      onto an ungreased cookie sheet. Repeat for the remaining cookies. 
      7. Bake the cookies for 12 to 14 minutes and no more. The cookies  
      may seem undercooked, but will continue to develop after they are  
      removed from the oven. When the cookies have cooled they should be 
		 soft and chewy in the middle. 
      Makes 16 to 18 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Great American Cookies? White Chunk Macadamia 
      When Arthur 
		Karp shared his grandmother's favorite chocolate 
		 chip cookie recipe with Michael Coles, the business partners 
		 knew they had a hit on their hands. They opened their first 
		 Great American Cookies store in 1977 in The Perimeter Mall  
      in Atlanta, Georgia. Now with more than 350 stores in the chain, 
		 these cookies have quickly become a favorite, just begging to 
		 be cloned. The chain bakes the cookies in convection ovens at 
		 the low temperature of 280 degrees for around 16 to 17 minutes. 
		 But since most of us don't have convection ovens and may have 
		 a hard time getting the oven temperature to this odd setting,  
      we have made some adjustments. Just be sure, when you remove 
		 the cookies from the oven, that they appear undercooked and  
      only slightly browned around the edges. This will give the  
      cookies the perfect chewy texture when they cool.   
      1/2 cup 
		butter (1 stick), softened 
      1 cup brown sugar 
      1/2 cup coconut flakes, finely minced 
      1 egg 
      1 tablespoon milk 
      1 teaspoon vanilla 
      1 1/2 cups flour 
      2 teaspoons baking soda 
      1/2 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      8 ounces solid white chocolate, cut into chunks 
      1 cup macadamia nuts, chopped 
      1. Cream 
		together the butter and sugar in a large bowl with
       
      a mixer on high speed. 
      2. Add the coconut, egg, milk, and vanilla and mix well. 
      3. In another bowl combine the flour, baking soda, baking powder, 
		 and salt. 
      4. Add the dry mixture to the wet mixture and mix until dough 
		 forms. Mix in the white chocolate and macadamia nuts. 
      5. Preheat oven to 300 degrees while you let the dough rest for 
		 30 to 60 minutes in the refrigerator. 
      6. Measure out about 2 1/2 tablespoons of the dough and form a 
		 ball. Drop each ball of dough onto an ungreased cookie sheet 
		 about 3 inches apart and bake for 12 to 14 minutes. Do not overbake! 
		 Cookies should come out of the oven appearing slightly browned, 
		 yet undercooked. When cooled the cookies will be soft and chewy 
		 like the original. 
      Makes 16 to 18 cookies. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Hard Rock 
		Cafe Baked Potato Soup
       
       
      8 Bacon 
		slices - fried & crumbled
       
      1 cup Yellow onions - diced  
      2/3 cups Flour  
      6 cups Chicken stock - hot  
      4 cups Potatoes - baked, diced & Peeled  
      2 cups Heavy cream  
      ? cup Parsley - chopped  
		 1? tsp Granulated garlic  
      1? tsp Salt  
      1? tsp Red pepper sauce  
      1? tsp Coarse black pepper  
      1 cup Cheddar cheese - grated  
      ? cup Green onions - diced  
		  
       
 
      
 
 
      Chop bacon; 
		reserve. Cook onions in remaining drippings 
		 over medium high heat until transparent, about 3 minutes.  
      Add flour, stirring to prevent lumps; cook for 3-5 minutes,  
      until mixture just begins to turn golden. Add chicken stock 
		 grdually, whisking to prevent lumps until liquid thickens.  
      Reduce heat to simmer and add potatoes, cream, chopped bacon, 
		 parsley, garlic, basil, salt, pepper sauce and plack pepper. 
		 Simmer for 10 minutes; do not allow to boil. Add grated cheese 
		 and green onions, heat until cheese melts smoothly. Garnish  
      each serving as desired with chopped bacon, grated cheese and 
      chopped parsley.   
      Makes 8 
		Servings.
         
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hard Rock Cafe 
		Orange Freeze 
      Here's a 
		quick recipe for the dessert drink served at Hard Rock 
		 Cafes all over the world. With only a few ingredients you can 
		 make this one super-quick in the blender. Great on a hot day. 
		 And it's easy to double or quadruple to serve more.   
      2 cups 
		orange sherbet or sorbet
       
      1 cup fresh squeezed orange juice  
      1/4 cup milk  
      1 sprig fresh spearmint   
      1. Put the 
		sherbet, juice, and milk in a blender and blend for 
		 15 seconds or just until the sherbet is smooth. You may have  
      to stop the blender and stir the sherbet up a bit to help it combine.  
      2. Pour the orange freeze into a tall, chilled glass. Place a 
		 sprig of fresh spearmint in the top and serve immediately. 
      Serves 1 as a dessert or beverage.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hard Rock 
		Cafe? Bar-B-Que Beans 
      If you love 
		baked beans you'll go nuts over this clone recipe from 
		 the world's first theme restaurant chain. It's real easy to make 
		 too, since you just pour all of the ingredients into a covered  
      casserole dish, stir, and bake for an hour and a half. The only  
      element that may give you pause is the pulled pork from last week's 
		 recipe. It's an effortless addition if you've got some of that  
      pork on hand. If not, just leave that ingredient out. Or you could 
		 add some cooked bacon to the mix. Either way the beans will still 
		 come out awesome as a nosh-worthy side dish or snack.   
      2 15-ounce 
		cans pinto beans (with liquid) 
      2 tablespoons water 
      2 teaspoons cornstarch 
      1/2 cup ketchup 
      1/3 cup white vinegar 
      1/4 cup brown sugar 
      2 tablespoons diced onion 
      1 teaspoon prepared mustard 
      1/2 teaspoon chili powder 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon coarse ground black pepper 
      1/2 cup shredded pork (from last week's recipe) 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. Pour entire contents of the can of pinto beans into a casserole 
		 dish (with a lid). 
      3. Dissolve the cornstarch in a small bowl with the 2 tablespoons 
		 of water. Add this solution to the beans and stir. 
      4. Add the remaining ingredients to the dish, stir well and cover. 
      5. Bake for 90 minutes or until the sauce thickens. Stir every 30 
		 minutes. After removing the beans from the oven, let the beans  
      cool for 5 to 10 minutes before serving. 
      Serves 6 to 8 as a side dish. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hard Rock Cafe? 
		Cole Slaw 
      If you want 
		the authentic Hard Rock Cafe Pig Sandwich experience, 
		 you just have to serve your clone of that pulled-pork sandwich 
		 with this creamy, delicious cole slaw on the side. Even if you 
		 don't whip up the sandwich, you'll want to dive into a batch of 
		 this secret slaw. It's just too easy to make, and Who Wants to  
      be a Millionaire? isn't on tonight. But be sure to let the stuff 
		 hibernate in the fridge for a day or two after you toss it.  
      That's the only way to get the flavors up to dancing the perfect 
		 tastebud mambo.   
      1 1/3 cups 
		mayonnaise  
      3 tablespoons white vinegar  
      2 tablespoons plus 2 teaspoons granulated sugar  
      2 tablespoons milk   
      dash salt  
      8 cups chopped cabbage (1 head) 
      1/2 cup shredded carrot   
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients except the cabbage and carrots in a 
		 large bowl and blend until smooth with an electric mixer. 
      2. Add cabbage and carrots and toss well. 
      3. Cover and chill overnight in the refrigerator. The flavors 
		 fully develop after 24 to 48 hours. 
      Serves 6 to 8 as a side dish. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Hard Rock Cafe? Homemade Chicken Noodle Soup 
      It's the 
		chunkiest dang chicken soup you'll ever slurp down and
       
      it comes from the first worldwide theme eatery and hip hangout. 
		 Crank up the rock 'n roll and throw all this good stuff into a 
		 pot and enjoy this final secret recipe in our series of  
      mouth-watering soup clones. Bah-bye winter!       
      1 pound 
		chicken breast fillets 
      1 pound chicken thigh fillets 
      vegetable oil 
      2 tablespoons butter 
      1 cup chopped onion 
      1/2 cup diced celery 
      4 cups chicken stock 
      2 cups water 
      1 cup sliced carrot 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon cracked black pepper 
      1/2 teaspoon minced fresh parsley 
      2 cups egg noodles 
      Garnish 
      minced fresh parsley 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 375 degrees. 
      2. Rub a little vegetable oil over the surface of each piece of 
		 chicken and arrange them on a baking sheet. Bake for 25 minutes. 
		 Remove the chicken from the oven when it's done and set it aside 
		 to cool. 
      3. Melt the butter in a large saucepan or dutch oven over medium 
		 heat. Saut?the onion and celery in the saucepan for just 4 to 5 
		 minutes. You don't want to brown the veggies. 
      4. Dice the chicken and add it to the pot along with the remaining  
      ingredients, except the noodles.  
      5. Bring the soup to a boil, reduce the heat and simmer for 30  
      minutes or until the carrots are soft. 
      6. Add the noodles and simmer for an additional 15 minutes, or 
		 until the noodles are tender. Serve with a pinch of minced fresh 
		 parsley sprinkled on top. 
      Makes 6 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hard Rock Cafe? 
		Pig Sandwich 
      Take a big 
		honkin' bite out of one of these and you'll soon know 
		 why it's the Hard Rock Cafe's most popular sandwich. According 
		 to the menu the pork is hickory smoked for 10 hours. But since 
		 we're impatient hungry people here, we'll cut that cooking time 
		 down to under 4 hours using a covered grill and carefully  
      arranged charcoal. Just sprinkle wet hickory chips over the hot 
		 charcoal arranged around the inside edge of a grill (such as a 
		 round Weber), and let the smoking begin. You can certainly use 
		 an actual smoker if you've got one, and go the full 10 hours with 
		 this puppy. But while you're still waiting for your sandwiches, 
		 the rest of us will have already dragged our full, round bellies 
		 over to the couch for a nap. 
		 By the way, make your marinated cabbage a day ahead of time, 
		 if you have the foresight.   
      Marinated 
		Cabbage 
      2 tablespoons white vinegar 
      1 tablespoon granulated sugar 
      4 cups thinly-sliced cabbage 
      4 cups 
		hickory smoking chips 
      Spice Rub 
      2 tablespoons kosher salt 
      2 teaspoons cracked black pepper 
      1 teaspoon paprika 
      1/2 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/2 teaspoon ground sage 
      1/2 teaspoon thyme  
      1/4 teaspoon cayenne 
      1 boneless 
		pork loin roast (3 to 4 pounds) 
       
      vegetable oil 
      Sauce 
      2 15-ounce cans tomato puree 
      1 cup white vinegar 
      3/4 cup brown sugar 
      2 tablespoons vegetable oil 
      1/2 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/2 teaspoon liquid smoke (hickory) 
      1 clove garlic, minced 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon coarse ground black pepper 
      8 Kaiser 
		rolls 
      1. Make the 
		marinated cabbage at least one day prior to building 
		 your sandwiches. Like cole slaw, this garnish needs some time to 
		 develop in the fridge. Combine the vinegar and sugar in a medium 
		 bowl. Add the cabbage, stir, cover the bowl and store it in the  
      refrigerator until you are ready to make the sandwiches. 
      2. Put the wood chips in a bowl and cover with water. Let the wood 
		 soak for at least 1 hour. Light the charcoal after it has been  
      arranged around the inside edge of your grill. You don't want coals 
		 directly under your pork. When the coals are hot, drain the water  
      from the wood chips and sprinkle the chips over the top of the coals. 
		 You should now have smoke. 
      3. Combine the spices for the rub in a small bowl and mix well. 
      4. Rub some vegetable oil over the surface of the pork roast.  
      Sprinkle the spices over the entire surface of the roast. 
      5. Place the roast in the center of your grill and put the lid on. 
		 Let the pork cook for 3 to 4 hours or until the internal temperature 
		 of the roast reaches 175 to 180 degrees. 
      6. As the pork cooks, make the sauce by combining the ingredients in 
		 a medium saucepan over medium/low heat. Let the sauce simmer for 15 
		 to 20 minutes, then cover and remove from heat. Set this aside until 
		 your pork is ready.  
      7. When the pork is done, remove it from the grill and let it sit to 
		 cool for 15 to 20 minutes or until you can handle it. Now you want 
		 to tear the meat along the grain, making bite-size strips of shredded 
		 pork. 
      8. Put the shredded pork into a large saucepan over medium heat. Add 
		 2 cups of the sauce to the pan and stir. Keep the rest of the sauce 
		 for later to serve on the side. Cook the pork for 15 minutes or until 
		 it is heated through. 
      9. Grill the faces of the rolls and stack about 1 cup of pork onto 
		 the bottom half of each roll. Add a rounded tablespoon of marinated 
		 cabbage on top of the pork, add a tablespoon or so of extra sauce 
		 on top of that, then cap off each sandwich with the top half of the 
		 roll. Serve with clones for the Hard Rock's cole slaw and baked beans 
		 on the side, if desired. 
      Makes 8 sandwiches. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hard 
		Rock Cafe? Tupelo Style Chicken 
      The world's 
		most famous theme restaurant pays tribute to the 
		 birthplace of Elvis Presley with this chicken finger appetizer 
		 dish, and two tasty dipping sauces. It's probably best they  
      chose to name the dish after a city, rather than after the King 
		 himself. "Elvis Style Chicken" sounds like a concoction that  
      should include bananas, peanut butter and bacon grease.     
      4 to 6 cups 
		vegetable oil 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Honey Mustard 
		Dipping Sauce 
      1/4 cup mayonnaise  
      1 1/2 teaspoons prepared mustard  
      2 teaspoons honey  
      pinch paprika   
      Apricot 
		Dipping Sauce  
      2 tablespoons Grey Poupon Dijon mustard 
      1 tablespoon apricot preserves 
      2 tablespoons honey 
      1 cup corn 
		flake crumbs 
      2 teaspoons crushed red pepper flakes 
      1 1/4 teaspoons cayenne pepper 
      1 teaspoon cumin 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/2 teaspoon paprika  
      1/4 teaspoon onion powder 
      dash garlic  
      1 egg 
      1 cup milk 
      1 cup flour 
      1 pound chicken breast fillets 
      1. Preheat 
		oil in a deep fryer to 350 degrees. 
      2. Make the honey mustard dipping sauce by combining the  
      ingredients in a medium bowl. Cover and refrigerate. Make the 
		 apricot dipping sauce by combing those ingredients in a medium 
		 bowl. Cover and refrigerate this sauce as well, until your chicken 
		 is ready. 
      3. Prepare the breading by combining the corn flake crumbs, crushed 
		 red pepper flakes, cayenne pepper, cumin, salt, paprika, onion  
      powder, and garlic in a medium bowl. 
      4. Beat the egg in a medium bowl, add the 1 cup of milk and stir. 
      5. Pour the 
		flour into another medium bowl. 
      6. Slice each chicken breast lengthwise into strips approximately 
		 1/2-inch wide.  
      7. When the oil is hot, bread your chicken by first coating each  
      strip with flour. Dip the chicken into the egg/milk mixture and  
      then back into the flour. Dip each chicken strip back in the egg/milk  
      mixture and then in the corn flake crumb mixture. Be sure to coat  
      each chicken piece thoroughly with the corn flake crumbs. 
      8. Fry 6 to 8 coated chicken strips at a time in the oil for 4 to 5 
		 minutes or until the chicken is golden brown. Drain and serve  
      chicken with the dipping sauces on the side. 
      Serves 6 to 8 as an appetizer 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hardee's Biscuits 
       Categories: 
		Copycat, Breads 
      Yield: 1 servings 
      2 c  Self-rising flour 
      1 tb Sugar   
      1 c    milk 
    1/3 c  Mayo 
  
        
		Combine flour, sugar, milk and mayo into a smooth 
  dough. Divide batter equally between 10 paper-lined 
  muffin wells or cupcake wells. Bake 350~ about 25 to 
  30 minutes or until golden brown and doubled in size. 
   
   
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Harley Davidson Cafe? Harley Hog Sandwich? 
      In late 
		September 1997, the Harley Davidson Cafe celebrated its 
		 grand opening in Las Vegas. This is the second Harley Davidson  
      Cafe, with the first one located in New York City, just a short 
		 walk from the first Planet Hollywood. Both locations serve up  
      some delicious "road food" amongst the awesome collection of  
      vintage Harley's and Harley Davidson paraphernalia. I think this 
		 sandwich is one of their best, and this recipe comes right from 
		 the source. The Pork Producers Council got the recipe from the  
      cafe's chef, and featured it in a promotional pull-out that ran  
      in a restaurant trade magazine in 1995. Now the secret can be  
      shared with you. 
      6 to 8 lb. 
		boneless pork butt, tied 
      Rub 
      1 cup Kosher salt 
      1 cup course ground black pepper 
      1 cup paprika (sweet Hungarian is best) 
      2 cups hickory wood chips 
      1 cup apple wood chips 
      
		Hog Sauce 
      2 large onions, chopped 
      3 tablespoons vegetable oil 
      1 tablespoon paprika 
      1 tablespoons chili powder 
      1 tablespoon red pepper flakes 
      1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper 
      1/2 teaspoon ground cumin 
      5 1/4 cups (42 ounces) canned tomatoes, with juice 
      3 cups cider vinegar 
      1 3/4 cups ketchup 
      1/2 cup orange juice 
      1/4 cup dark brown sugar, packed 
      1/4 cup brown mustard 
      1 tablespoon salt 
      1 tablespoon coarse black pepper 
      12 large 
		round rolls 
      1. Combine 
		all of the rub ingredients. Coat the pork butt evenly 
		 with mixture, shaking off any excess. 
      2. Soak wood chips in water 30 minutes. Place pork butt in a  
      smoker on rack at 220 degrees for 8 hours, with smoke going for 
		 2 hours. Let it cool slightly. Break the meat apart with your hands. 
      3. Saut? onions in oil in heavy saucepan until translucent. Add 
		 the remaining ingredients and cook until mixture is thick and coats 
		 the back of a spoon. Puree the sauce and let it cool. (Sauce can be 
		 made 2 to 3 days in advance and refrigerated.) 
      4. Combine the pork and the sauce (to taste) in a heavy saucepan.  
      Cook until it is heated through. 
      5. To serve: Pile the pork on the rolls. Serve with french fries  
      and cole slaw if desired.  
      Yields 12 servings.   
      Todd's 
		Tidbits 
      You can also 
		smoke your pork in a charcoal barbecue, such as a
       
      round Weber Grill. Just arrange the charcoal around the edge of  
      the inside of the grill. When the coals are hot, place the soaked 
		 wood chips on them, and then place the pork on the center of the  
      rack above the coals. Cover. Cook the meat for 2-4 hours or until  
      the internal temperature comes to 150?-165?. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Heinz 57? Steak Sauce 
      In the late 
		1800s Henry John Heinz established the slogan 
		 "57 Varieties," which you can still find printed on Heinz 
		 products even though the company now boasts over 5700 varieties 
		 in 200 countries. Today Heinz is the world's largest tomato  
      producer, but interestingly the first product for the company  
      that was launched in 1869 had nothing to do with tomatoes; it  
      was grated horseradish. It wasn't until 1876 that ketchup was  
      added to the growing company's product line. 
     Tomato is also an important ingredient in this tangy 
		steak 
		 sauce. But you'll find some interesting ingredients in there as 
		 well, such as raisin puree, malt vinegar, apple juice concentrate, 
		 and mustard. And don't worry if your version doesn't come out as  
      brown as the original. Heinz uses a little caramel coloring in its 
		 product to give it that distinctive tint. It's just for looks, 
		 though, so I've left that ingredient out of this clone recipe.  
      Besides, I've found that the turmeric and yellow mustard will help 
		 get this version close to the color of the real deal.   
      Raisin Puree 
      1/2 cup raisins 
      1/2 cup water 
      1 1/3 cup 
		white vinegar 
      1 cup tomato paste 
      2/3 cup malt vinegar 
      2/3 cup sugar 
      1/2 cup water 
      1 tablespoon yellow prepared mustard 
      2 teaspoons apple juice concentrate 
      1 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1 teaspoon vegetable oil 
      1 teaspoon lemon juice 
      1/2 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1/8 teaspoon turmeric 
      1. Make the 
		raisin puree by combining the raisins with the water 
		 in a food processor or blender. Blend on high speed for 1 minute 
		 or until the puree is smooth. Measure 1/4 cup of this puree into 
		 a medium saucepan. 
      2. Add the remaining ingredients and whisk until smooth. 
      3. Turn heat up to medium high and bring mixture to a thorough boil. 
		 Reduce heat to low and simmer, uncovered, for 1/2 hour or until 
		 thick. Let sauce cool and then refrigerate it in a covered container 
		 for at least 24 hours. 
      Makes 3 cups. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hershey? PayDay? 
		Candy Bar 
      In December 
		of 1996, Hershey Foods snagged the U.S. operations 
		 of Leaf Brands for a pretty penny. This added several well  
      known candies to Hershey's already impressive roster, including 
		 Good & Plenty, Jolly Rancher, Milk Duds, Whoppers, Heath, and 
		 this delicious peanut roll, which we can finally clone at home. 
		 The center is sort of a white fudge that we can make by combining 
		 a few ingredients on the stove, then getting the mixture up to  
      just the right temperature using a candy thermometer (you've got 
		 one, right?). Once cool, this candy center is coated with a thin 
		 layer of caramel, then quickly pressed onto roasted peanuts.  
      Looks just like the real thing! This recipe will make eight 
		 candy bars. But it's up to you to make the dental appointment.   
      Centers 
      1/4 cup whole milk 
      5 unwrapped caramels 
      1 tablespoon light corn syrup 
      1 teaspoon peanut butter 
      1/4 teaspoon vanilla 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1 1/4 cups powdered sugar 
      20 unwrapped 
		caramels  
      1 1/2 teaspoons water 
      2 cups dry roasted peanuts   
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients for the centers, except the powdered
       
      sugar, in a small saucepan over low heat. Stir often as the  
      caramel slowly melts. When the mixture is smooth, add 3/4 cup of 
		 powdered sugar. Stir. Save the remaining 1/2 cup of powdered sugar 
		 for later.  
      2. Use a candy thermometer to bring the mixture to exactly 230  
      degrees, stirring often, then turn off the heat. 
      3. When the temperature of the candy begins to drop, add the  
      remaining 1/2 cup powdered sugar to the pan, then use a hand mixer 
		 on high speed to combine. Keep mixing until the candy cools and  
      thickens and can no longer be mixed. That should take a minute or  
      two. 
      4. Let the candy cool in the pan for 10 to 15 minutes, or until it 
		 can be touched. Don't let it sit too long - you want the candy to  
      still be warm and pliable when you shape it. Take a tablespoon-size 
		 portion and roll it between your palms or on a countertop until it  
      forms a roll the width of your index finger, and measuring about  
      4 1/2 inches long. Repeat with the remaining center candy mixture  
      and place the rolls on wax paper. You should have 8 rolls. Let the  
      center rolls sit out for an hour or two to firm up.    
      5. Combine the 20 caramels with the 1 1/2 teaspoons of water in a  
      small saucepan over low heat. Stir often until the caramels melt  
      completely, then turn off the heat. If you work fast this caramel 
		 will stay warm while you make the candy bars. 
      6. Pour the peanuts onto a baking sheet or other flat surface.  
      Using a basting brush and working quickly, "paint" a coating of
       
      caramel onto one side of a center roll. Quickly turn the center  
      over, caramel-side-down, onto the peanuts and press gently so that  
      the peanuts stick to the surface of the candy. Paint more caramel 
		 onto the other side of the roll and press it down onto the peanuts. 
		 The candy should have a solid layer of peanuts covering all sides. 
		 If needed, brush additional caramel onto the roll, then turn it  
      onto the peanuts to coat the roll completely. Place the candy bar 
		 onto wax paper, and repeat with the remaining ingredients. Eat  
      when completely cool. 
      Makes 8 candy bars.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Hidden Valley Ranch Dressing Mix-dressing 
       Categories: 
		Copycat, Salads, Dressings 
      Yield: 1 pint 
           Powder Mix 
     15    2" square saltines 
      2 c  Dry minced parsley flakes 
    1/2 c  Dry minced onions 
      2 tb Dry dill weed 
    1/4 c  Onion salt 
    1/4 c  Garlic salt 
    1/4 c  Onion powder 
    1/4 c  Garlic powder 
           Salad dressing 
      1 tb Mix 
      1 c  Mayo 
      1 c  Buttermilk 
  
        Put 
		crackers through blender on high speed until 
  powdered. Add parsley, minced onions and dill weed. 
  Blend again until powdered. Put into bowl. Stir in 
  onion salt, garlic salt, onion powder and garlic 
  powder. Put into container with tight-fitting lid. 
  Store at room temp for 1 year. Makes 42- 1 tablespoon 
  servings. 
  
   
      
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Honey Baked Ham 
        
		Servings: 1 
            
		1    (7 lb.) med. smoked pork 
           picnic 
           shoulder (bone in 
		or out) 
      2 c  sugar 
      1 c  honey or brown sugar, 
           packed 
      1    (6 oz.) can frozen orange 
           juice 
           concentrate, thawed 
      1 ts whole cloves 
      Preparation 
		:  
      Make crosswise slits, 1/2 inch apart, halfway through ham to where 
      knife touches bone.  Place ham in deep bowl and barely cover with 
      water.  Stir in sugar.  Soak at least 2 days in refrigerator.
       
      Drain.  Place ham in roasting pan, lined with enough foil to wrap 
      completely.  Pour honey or brown sugar and orange juice all over 
      pork.  Stick cloves all over meat.  Wrap tightly with foil.  
		Bake at 
      200 degrees for 6 to 7 hours or until done, unwrapping and basting 
      occasionally with honey mixture.  Unwrap and bake at 450 degrees 
      about 15 minutes for slightly crisp skin.     
      HOSTESS 
		TWINKIES 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 6    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Cakes 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
     1/2   c            
		Margarine 
     1/2   c            
		Crisco 
   1       c            
		Sugar 
     3/4   c            
		Evaporated milk 
   1       tb           
		Vanilla 
                        
		-----CAKE----- 
   3       lg           
		Eggs 
   3 1/2   ts           
		Baking powder 
   1 1/2   ts           
		Vanilla 
   2       c            
		Flour 
   1       c            
		Milk 
     1/2   c            
		Butter 
   1 1/2   c            
		Plus 1/2 cup Sugar 
                        
		Sugar 
   1       t            
		Salt 
        
		FILLING: 
  
   
        Mix 
		together and bake in 13 x 9 pan cut cake into 
  sections and layer with cake, filling and more cake. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hostess? 
		Twinkie Creme Filling 
      Recently 
		I've had an opportunity to go back and improve 
		 the recipe for the Hostess Twinkie clone found on page 
		 47 of the first book, "Top Secret Recipes." Specifically, 
		 I wanted to make the creme filling more stable, using  
      non-dairy ingredients, so that it could not spoil and would 
		 be easier to make. Here now, is the much improved recipe, 
		 using fewer ingredients than the original clone, and with  
      marshmallow creme as the new secret component. This recipe  
      is for all of you who have supported the site by buying the  
      books, since the cake part of the recipe and mold-making  
      technique is not included here. But even if you don't have 
		 the books, I'm sure you can find many uses for this versatile, 
		 commercial-style, creme filling. Hope you like it! 
      2 teaspoons 
		very hot water 
      rounded 1/4 teaspoon salt 
      2 cups marshmallow creme (1 7-ounce jar) 
      1/2 cup shortening 
      1/3 cup powdered sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1. Combine 
		the salt with the hot water in a small bowl and stir 
		 until salt is dissolved. Let this mixture cool. 
      2. Combine the marshmallow creme, shortening, powdered sugar,  
      and vanilla in a medium bowl and mix well with an electric mixer 
		 on high speed until fluffy. 
      3. Add the salt solution to the filling mixture and combine.  
      Makes 1 1/2 cups. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Hot Dog on a 
		Stick? Hot Dog? 
      One hot 
		summer day in 1946 Dave Barham was inspired to 
		 dip a hot dog into his mother's cornbread batter, then 
		 deep fry it to a golden brown. You could say that's when 
		 the first Hot Dog on a Stick was born, and Dave soon found 
		 a quaint Santa Monica, California, location near the beach to offer his 
		new creation with mustard on the sidde along with a tall glass of 
		ice-cold lemonade.
       
     The chain uses only turkey dogs for this treat, so 
		we'll 
		 do the same. Just be sure you find the shorter dogs, not 
		 "bun-length." In this case size does matter. For the stick, 
		 simply snag some of the disposable wood chopsticks from a 
		 local Chinese or Japanese food restaurant next time you're 
		 there and start dipping. 
      2 cups flour 
      3/4 cup cornmeal 
      1/2 cup sugar 
      1 3/4 teaspoons salt 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1 3/4 cups fat-free milk 
      2 egg yolks, slightly beaten 
      8 to 10 turkey hot dogs 
      8 to 10 cups vegetable oil 
      5 pairs of chopsticks 
      1. Preheat 
		oil in a deep pan or fryer to 375 degrees. 
      2. Combine the flour, cornmeal, sugar, salt, and baking soda  
      in a large bowl. 
      3. Add the milk and egg yolks to the dry ingredients and mix  
      with an electric mixer on high speed until batter is smooth. 
      4. Dry off the hot dogs with a paper towel. Jab the thin end  
      of a single chopstick about halfway into the end of each hot dog. 
      5. When the 
		oil is hot, tip the bowl of batter so that you can
       
      completely coat each hot dog. Roll the hot dog in the batter  
      until it is entirely covered. 
      6. Hold the hot dog up by the stick and let some of the batter 
		 drip off. Quickly submerge the hot dog in the oil and spin it  
      slowly so that the coating cooks evenly. After about 20 seconds 
		 you can use a lid to the deep fryer or pan to put weight on the  
      stick, keeping the hot dog fully immersed in the oil. You can  
      cook a couple dogs at a time this way. Cook for 5 to6 minutes or 
		 until coating is dark brown. Turn them once or twice as they cook. 
		 Drain on paper towels while cooling, and repeat with remaining hot 
		 dogs. 
      Makes 8 to 10 hot dogs.        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Hot Dog on a Stick? Muscle Beach Lemonade? 
      Entrepreneur 
		Dave Barham opened the first Hot Dog on a Stick 
		 location in Santa Monica, California near famed Muscle Beach. 
		 That was in 1946, and today the chain has blossomed into a  
      total of more than 100 outlets in shopping malls across America. 
		 You've probably seen the bright red, white, blue and yellow  
      go-go outfits and those trippy fez-style bucket hats on the  
      girls behind the counter. 
     In giant clear plastic vats at the front of each store
       
      floats ice, fresh lemon rinds and what is probably the world's 
		 most thirst-quenching substance -- Muscle Beach Lemonade.  
      It's a simple concoction really. Only three ingredients.  
      And with this TSR formula, you'll have your own version of the 
		 lemonade in the comfort of your own home at a fraction of the price. 
      Check back next week and we'll have the secret formula for a 
		 taste-alike version of the cornbread coated hot dog -- stick 
		 and all.   
      1 cup 
		fresh-squeezed lemon juice (about 6 lemons) 
      7 cups water 
      1 cup granulated sugar 
      1. Combine 
		the lemon juice with the water and sugar in an
       
      2-quart pitcher. Stir or shake vigorously until all the sugar 
		 is dissolved. 
      2. Slice two of the remaining lemon rind halves into fourths for 
		 a total of eight pieces, then add the rinds to the pitcher. Add 
		 ice to the top of the pitcher and chill.  
      3. Serve the lemonade over ice in 12-ounce glass and add a lemon 
		 rind slice to each glass. 
      Makes 2 quarts, or 8 servings.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Houlihan's? Houli 
		Fruit Fizz? 
      
		Restaurateurs Joseph Gilbert and John Robinson needed a name 
		 for the new restaurant they planned to open in the Country  
      Club Plaza of Kansas City, Missouri. To make the job easy,  
      they kept the name of the location's previous tenant -- a 
		 clothing store called Houlihan's Men's Wear -- and opened 
		 Houlihan's Old Place in 1972. This was at the time when  
      T.G.I. Friday's was popularizing casual dining, so the concept 
		 was an instant hit. That early success led to more Houlihan's 
		 opening in other states, and another multi-million dollar chain 
		 was born. The Houli Fruit Fizz is a simple blend of fruit juices 
		 and Sprite that can be served with a meal or enjoyed on its own. 
		 This drink is one of Houlihan's own classic, signature recipes.   
      1 12-ounce 
		can cold Sprite 
      1/2 cup cold pineapple juice 
      1/4 cup cold orange juice 
      1 cup cold cranberry juice 
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a pitcher and pour into two 
		 glasses over ice. Be sure all of the ingredients are cold when 
		 combined.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Howard Johnson 
		Spicy Mustard 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Sauces                           
		Meats 
                
		Cake Mix 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
     1/4  cup           
		Dijon mustard 
     1/4  cup           
		French's prepared mustard 
     1/4  cup           
		Honey 
      Howard 
		Johnson's Boston Brown Bread 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 0    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Meats                            
		Cake Mix 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      cup           
		Unsifted whole wheat flour 
   1      cup           
		Unsifted rye flour 
   1      cup           
		Yellow corn meal 
   1 1/2  teaspoons     Baking soda 
   1 1/2  teaspoons     Salt 
     3/4  cup           
		Molasses 
   2      cups          
		Buttermilk 
      Grease and 
		flour a 2 qt. mold.  Combine flours, corn meal, soda  ,salt. 
      Stir in molasses, buttermilk.  Turn into mold, cover tightly. 
		 Place on trivet in deep kettle. Add enough boiling water to kettle to 
      come half way up sides of mold; cover.  Steam 3 1/2 hr., or until  
		done. 
      Remove from mold to cake rack. Serve hot with baked beans. 
		 Makes 1 loaf      
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      I.H.O.P.? 
		Country Griddle Cakes 
      This 
		nationwide chain, which is known for it's big bargain 
		 breakfasts, serves an impressive number of non-breakfast  
      items as well. In 1997, I.H.O.P. dished out over 6 million 
		 pounds of french fries and over half a million gallons of 
		 soft drinks. But it's the Country Griddle Cakes on the breakfast 
		 menu that inspired this Top Secret Recipe. The unique flavor 
		 and texture of this clone comes from the Cream of Wheat in the 
		 batter. Now you can have your pancakes, and eat your cereal too. 
      nonstick 
		spray 
      1 1/4 cups all-purpose flour 
      1 1/2 cups buttermilk 
      1/3 cup instant Cream of Wheat (dry) 
      1 egg 
      1/3 cup sugar 
      1 teaspoon baking powder 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/4 cup vegetable oil 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1. Preheat a 
		skillet over medium heat. Apply nonstick spray. 
      2. Combine all ingredients in a large bowl with a mixer set on 
		 high speed. Mix until smooth. 
      3. Pour the batter by 1/3-cup portions into the hot pan and cook 
		 pancakes for 1-2 minutes per side or until brown. Repeat with  
      remaining batter. 
      Makes 8-10 pancakes. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      In-N-Out? 
		Double-Double? 
      This is a 
		recipe for making what I believe is the best 
		 hamburger in the world. The secret to duplicating this 
		 and other fast-food burgers is getting the beef patties 
		 real thin...about 1/4 inch-thick. If you like, you can  
      press the beef thin onto wax paper and freeze the patties 
		 ahead of time. This makes them easier to work with on the 
		 hot pan. 
      1 plain 
		hamburger bun 
      1/3 pound ground beef 
      Dash salt 
      1 tablespoon Kraft Thousand Island dressing 
      1 large tomato slice (or 2 small slices) 
      1 large lettuce leaf 
      4 slices American cheese (Singles) 
      -or- 2 slices real American cheese 
      1 whole onion slice (sliced thin) 
      1. Preheat a 
		frying pan over medium heat. 
      2. Lightly toast the both halves of the hamburger bun, 
		 face down in the pan. Set aside. 
      3. Separate the beef into two even portions, and form each 
		 half into a thin patty slightly larger than the bun. 
      4. Lightly salt each patty and cook for 2-3 minutes on the 
		 first side. 
      5. Flip the patties over and immediately place two slices of 
		 cheese on each one. Cook for 2-3 minutes. 
      6. Assemble the burger in the following stacking order from  
      the bottom up: 
      bottom bun 
      dressing 
      tomato 
      lettuce 
      beef patty with cheese 
      onion slice 
      beef patty with cheese 
      top bun. 
      Makes one 
		hamburger.
        
       
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		International House of Pancakes? Pumpkin Pancakes 
      During the 
		holiday season this particular pancake flavor sells 
		 like...well, you know. It's one of 16 varieties of pancakes  
      served at this national casual diner chain. You can make your  
      own version of these delicious flapjacks with a little canned  
      pumpkin, some spices and traditional buttermilk pancake ingredients. 
		 Get out the mixer, fire up the stove, track down the syrup.   
      2 eggs 
      1 1/4 cups buttermilk 
      4 tablespoons butter, melted 
      3 tablespoons canned pumpkin 
      1/4 cup granulated sugar 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1 1/4 cups all-purpose flour 
      1/2 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/4 teaspoon cinnamon 
      1/4 teaspoon allspice 
      1. Preheat a 
		skillet over medium heat. Coat pan with oil cooking 
		 spray. 
      2. Combine eggs, buttermilk, butter, pumpkin, sugar, and salt in 
		 a large bowl. Use an electric mixer to blend ingredients. 
      3. Combine remaining ingredients in a small bowl. Add dry  
      ingredients to wet ingredients and blend with mixer until smooth. 
      4. Pour the 
		batter in 1/4 cup portions into the hot pan. Should
       
      form 5-inch circles. 
      4. When the batter stops bubbling and edges begin to harden,  
      flip the pancakes. They should be dark brown. This will take  
      from 1 to 2 minutes. 
      5. Flip the pancakes and cook other side for the same amount  
      of time, until dark brown.  
      Serves 3 to 4 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Islands? 
		China Coast Salad Dressing 
      Here's a 
		cool recipe that clones a favorite from the 30-store 
		 Islands chain of restaurants. This California/Arizona chain 
		 is known for it's hand-made burger buns, specialty sandwiches 
		 and taco platters with names like Shorebird, Pelican, Sandpiper, 
		 Baja, Northshore and Island Fish. Some people, though, go to the 
		 Islands just for a scrumptious salad that's dressed with this top 
		 secret formula. Here's the Top Secret Recipes version of the 
		 delicious Asian dressing that's poured over the China Coast Salad 
		 -- it's a huge bowl filled with sliced chicken breast, lettuce, 
		 red cabbage, julienned carrots, fried noodles, sesame seeds,  
      mandarin orange wedges and chives. But's it's the dressing that 
		 pulls it all together. In fact, many diners think the dressing's 
		 so good they ask for extra and discreetly smuggle it home. Well, 
		 no more smuggling required. Now, with this simple formula, you  
      can make your own clone at home and use it on any salad combination. 
      1/2 cup 
		mayonnaise 
      5 tablespoons rice vinegar 
      2 tablespoons sugar 
      2 tablespoons sesame oil 
      1 tablespoon soy sauce 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      Combine all 
		ingredients in a medium bowl and mix with an electric 
		 mixer until well-blended and sugar is dissolved. Chill. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Jack In 
		The Box? Oreo Cookie Shake 
      If you live 
		in one of the 15 Western states served by Jack in 
		 the Box, you have no doubt cracked a gut from the hilarious 
		 TV ads produced by this popular hamburger chain. In the spots 
		 a suit-wearing "Jack" runs the company, even though he's got 
		 a bulbous antenna ball for a head with a giant smiley-face  
      painted on it. He has a private jet, plays golf, even has kids 
		 with mini antenna-ball heads.  
     Jack also has a featured shake flavor that, it turns 
		out, 
		 is very easy to make at home with a blender, ice cream, milk  
      and a handful of Oreo cookies. Sure the drive-thru is convenient 
		 and easy. But if you don't feel like getting out, now you can  
      enjoy this clone at home from the first fast food chain in the  
      country to use a drive-thru window way beck when.     
      3 cups 
		vanilla ice cream 
      1 1/2 cups milk 
      8 Oreo cookies 
      1. Combine 
		the ice cream and milk in a blender and mix on low
       
      speed until smooth. Stir the shake with a spoon to mix, if  
      necessary. 
      2. Break Oreo cookies while adding them to the blender. Mix on 
		 low speed for 5 to 10 seconds or until cookies are mostly pureed 
		 into the shake, but a few larger pieces remain. Stir with a spoon 
		 if necessary to help combine cookies.  
      3. Pour shake into two 12-ounce glasses.  
      Serves 2.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
                  
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Jacquin's? Peppermint Schnapps Liqueur 
      
       
      Here's a 
		liqueur that's simple to make at home. All you need 
		 is an inexpensive vodka and an empty bottle to store the  
      Schnapps in. This is another recipe that was created for More 
      Top Secret Recipes, but just didn't make it into the final  
      version. Try storing it in the freezer for a cold shot on a  
      hot summer day. Whoof!   
      1/3 cup 
		granulated sugar 
      1 16-oz. bottle light corn syrup 
      2 cups 80-proof vodka 
      2 teaspoons peppermint extract   
      1. Combine 
		sugar and corn syrup in a 2 quart pan over medium 
		 heat. Heat until sugar dissolves, stirring regularly  
      (about 5 minutes). 
      2. When sugar has dissolved, add vodka and stir well. Remove 
		 mixture from heat and cover tighly with lid. Let cool. 
      3. Add peppermint extract to mixture and pour into a sealable 
		 bottle. 
      Makes 4 cups.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		K.C. Masterpiece? Original Barbecue Sauce 
      Even though 
		it's now owned and produced by the Clorox Company, 
		 the taste of Original K. C. Masterpiece barbecue sauce is the 
		 same as when it was first created in good ole' Kansas City, 
		 USA. This is the sauce that steals awards from all the other 
		 popular slathers on the market. It's now even is sold in a  
      variety of flavors. But this is the clone for the original,  
      and you'll find it very easy to make. Just throw all of the  
      ingredients in a saucepan, crank it up to a boil, then simmer 
      for about an hour. Done deal. And just like the original 
		 Masterpiece, this stuff will make a work of art out of any 
		 of your grilled meats, or burgers and sandwiches; and as a 
		 dipping sauce or marinade. 
      2 cups water 
      3/4 cup light corn syrup 
      1/2 cup tomato paste 
      1/2 cup vinegar 
      3 tablespoons molasses 
      3 tablespoons brown sugar 
      1 teaspoon liquid smoke 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/4 teaspoon pepper 
      1/8 teaspoon paprika 
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a medium saucepan over high heat 
		 and whisk until smooth. 
      2. Bring mixture to a boil, then reduce heat and simmer for 45 
		 to 60 minutes or until mixture is thick. 
      3. Cool, then store in a covered container in the refrigerator 
		 overnight so that flavors can develop.  
      Makes 1 1/2 cups. 
      
 
      Tidbits 
      Liquid smoke is a flavoring found near the barbecue sauces and 
		 marinades.  Use hickory-flavored liquid smoke if you have a 
		choice. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		KC Masterpiece' s Chocolate Peanut Butter Ice Cream Pie 
      Serves 12
        
      Ingredients  
      15 chocolate sandwich cookies 
      1/2 cup dry roasted peanuts 
      vegetable cooking spray 
      4 tablespoons butter or margarine 
      3 quarts chocolate ice cream 
      (7) 1.8 ounce packages milk chocolate covered peanut butter cups 
      (1) 8 ounce jar milk chocolate fudge topping 
      1/4 cup strong brewed coffee 
      2 tablespoons coffee flavored liqueur 
      
 
      Preparation  
      Preheat oven to 400 degrees. In a food processor or blender, 
		 blend chocolate sandwich cookies and peanuts until finely chopped. 
		 Spray 9-inch pie plate with vegetable cooking spray. Reserve 1 
		 tablespoon cookie mixture for garnish. In pie plate, mix butter 
		 or margarine and remaining cookie mixture by hand. Press mixture 
		 onto bottom and up side of pie plate. Bake 8 minutes. Cool crust 
		 completely on wire rack. 
      Meanwhile, 
		place chocolate ice cream in refrigerator about 40
       
      minutes to soften slightly. Coarsely chop milk chocolate covered 
		 peanut butter cups. In a large bowl mix softened ice cream with 
		 chopped peanut butter cups. Spoon ice cream mixture into cooled 
		 cookie crust. Sprinkle reserved crumb mixture on top. Freeze until 
		 firm, at least 6 hours or overnight.To serve, let pie stand at  
      room temperature 15 minutes for easier slicing. Meanwhile, in a 
		 1-quart saucepan over low heat, heat milk chocolate fudge topping 
		 until hot; stir in coffee and liqueur until blended. Cut pie  
      into wedges and serve with warm fudge sauce.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Kellogg's? Cocoa Rice Krispies Treats? 
      It's the 
		Rice Krispies Treat for all you chocolate lovers. 
		 By simply replacing regular Rice Krispies with Kellogg's 
		 Cocoa Krispies, then adding a bit of cocoa to the recipe,  
      we can clone the exact flavor of the product you otherwise 
		 have to buy in boxes in the grocery store. This recipe makes 
		 16 of the crunchy brown bars, or the equivalent of two boxes 
		 of the real thing. 
      3 
		tablespoons margarine 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      5 cups miniature marshmallows 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      4 teaspoons cocoa 
      6 cups Cocoa Krispies cereal 
      non-stick cooking spray 
      1. Combine 
		margarine and salt in a large saucepan over low heat. 
      2. When 
		margarine has melted, add marshmallows and vanilla and stir 
		 until marshmallows have melted. Add cocoa and stir well. Remove  
      from heat. 
      3. Add Cocoa Krispies and stir until the cereal is well coated with 
		 the melted marshmallow mixture. 
      4. Spray a 9 x 13-inch baking dish with a light coating of non-stick 
		 cooking spray. Pour the mixture into the dish and, using wax paper 
		 or lightly greased hands, press down until it's flat in the dish. 
		 Cool. Slice into 16 bars. 
      Makes 16 bars. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Kellogg's? Peanut Butter Chocolate Rice Krispies Treats? 
      When 
		Kellogg's reacted to spectacular sales of its Rice Krispies 
		 Treats with two new varieties of the popular and addictive snack, 
		 TSR got on the case. It seems we've all tasted the original Rice 
		 Krispies Treats. The homemade version is the next homework  
      assignment in Cooking 101, after learning how to boil water. 
		 And the Kellogg's store-bought packaged version has been available 
		 to the lazier of us for several years now. This variety, however, 
		 puts that whole Reese's "You got your peanut butter in my chocolate" 
		 thing to work. The crunchy bar has just a touch of nutty essence 
		 that builds nicely on the other familiar flavors. But don't be 
		 fooled by that dark "chocolatey" coating on top. It's not actually 
		 chocolate, but rather a melt-resistant custom blend of cocoa and 
		 uh, stuff, that tastes a lot like chocolate; and that happens to  
      work better for the product from a manufacturing, shipping, and  
      shelf-life aspect. But here in kitchen cloning land, we don't have 
		 to worry about those things. So get ready to walk on the wild side, 
		 people, as we step up to the microwave and melt some real chocolate 
		 chips for topping our cinch of a crunchy clone. 
      1 tablespoon 
		margarine 
      3 tablespoons peanut butter 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      5 cups miniature marshmallows 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      6 cups Rice Krispies cereal 
      1 12-ounce bag milk chocolate chips 
      non-stick cooking spray 
      1. Combine 
		margarine, peanut butter, and salt in a large saucepan 
		 over low heat. 
      2. When peanut butter and margarine have melted, add marshmallows 
		 and vanilla and stir until marshmallows have melted. Remove from  
      heat. 
      3. Add Rice Krispies and stir until cereal is well coated with the 
		 melted marshmallow mixture. 
      4. Spray a 9 x 13-inch baking dish with a light coating of non-stick 
		 cooking spray. Pour the Rice Krispies mixture into the dish and, 
		 using wax paper or lightly greased hands, press down until it's 
		 flat in the dish. Cool. 
      5. Prepare the topping by pouring the chocolate chips into a glass 
		 dish. Microwave for 2 minutes on 50 percent power. Stir gently. 
		 Microwave for an additional minute on 50 percent power. Stir gently 
		 once more until smooth. If the mixture hasn't completely melted, 
		 zap it again for another 30 seconds. 
      6. Use a spatula to spread a thin layer of chocolate over the top 
		 of the Rice Krispies mixture. Cool at room temperature  
      (at least 72 degrees), or chill until firm. Slice into 16 bars. 
  
      Makes 16 
		bars. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      BBQ Sauce like 
		Kenny Rogers 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 3    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Sauces 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		-----WALDINE VAN GEFFEN VGHC42A----- 
   1      cup           
		Applesauce 
     1/2  cup           
		Heintz ketchup 
   1 1/4  cups          
		Light brown sugar -- pack 
   6      tablespoons   Lemon juice 
                        
		Salt and pepper 
     1/2  teaspoon      
		Paprika 
     1/2  teaspoon      Garlic 
		salt 
     1/2  teaspoon      
		Cinnamon 
      In heavy 
		saucepan bring mixture to boil. Stir constantly about 4 to 5 
      minutes. Turn heat to low and continue to stir (about 3 to 5 minutes) 
      making sure sugar is completely dissolved. Allow to cook without 
      stirring  for 15 minutes on lowest possible heat, uncovered. Transfer 
		to 
      top of  double boiler over simmering watr if to be used as a basting 
      sauce for  ribs or chicken during baking; or cool sauce and 
		refrigerate 
      covered to  use in 30 days. Sauce freezes well.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Kenny 
		Rogers Roasters? Corn Muffins 
      He knows 
		when to hold em, and he knows when to fold em. And
       
      lately he's been folding em quite a bit as Kenny Rogers Roasters 
		 restaurants across the country have bolted their doors for lack 
		 of interest.  Looks like that whole "home meal replacement"
       
      think hasn't worked out too well for this fire-roasted chicken 
		 chain.  But that doesn't mean that Kenny didn't know how to make 
		 awesome corn muffins that are served with every meal.  And since 
		 it's becoming harder and harder to find a Kenny Rogers Roasters 
		 outlet, we have no choice but to duplicate these at home if we  
      want to re-create this part of the Kenny experience. 
      1/2 cup 
		butter 
      2/3 cup sugar 
      1/4 cup honey 
      2 eggs 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour 
      3/4 cup yellow cornmeal 
      1/2 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 cup milk 
      3/4 cup frozen yellow corn 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 400 degrees. 
      2. Cream together butter, sugar, honey, eggs, and salt in a large 
		 bowl. 
      3. Add flour, cornmeal, and baking powder and blend thoroughly. 
		 Add milk while mixing. 
      4. Add corn to mixture and combine by hand until corn is worked in. 
      5. Grease a 
		12-cup muffin pan and fill each cup with batter. Bake 
		 for 20 to 25 minutes or until muffins begin to turn brown on top. 
      Makes 12 muffins.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Bean Salad 
      1 16-oz can 
		green beans (Blue Lake or some good quality) 
      1 16-oz can wax beans 
      1 16-oz can kidney beans 
      1 medium green pepper, sliced and chopped 
      1 medium-sized white onion sliced and cut up 
      1/2 cup vegetable oil 
      1/2 cup cider vinegar 
      3/4 cup sugar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1/2 teaspoon black pepper 
      
 
      Drain and 
		rinse kidney beans well. Drain additional beans 
		 and combine all ingredients together. Marinate and refrigerate 
		 overnight. Bean salad tastes better after 3 or 4 days. Makes 
		 about 7 cups. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC? Cole Slaw 
      If you've 
		ever seen a clone recipe for KFC Cole Slaw floating 
		 around on the Internet, it probably looks like this. That's  
      because this formula has become one of the most copied & pasted 
		 recipes from the first book, "Top Secret Recipes." It's also  
      one of the most requested recipes on the TSR Message Board. So, 
		 to fulfill all those requests, and to stake claim to a recipe  
      that's rarely sourced as a TSR original, here's the killer recipe 
		 to clone the world's best slaw. And, because I love to out-clone 
		 the "copycats", I'm going to take it one step further. Tune in
       
      next week for an original version of this clone recipe that tastes 
		 just like the real thing but includes only five ingredients...and 
		 is completely fat free! Don't believe it? Be here next Monday. 
      8 cups 
		finely chopped cabbage (about 1 head) 
      1/4 cup shredded carrot (1 medium carrot) 
      2 tablespoons minced onion 
      1/3 cup granulated sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon pepper 
      1/4 cup milk 
      1/2 cup mayonnaise 
      1/4 cup buttermilk 
      1 1/2 tablespoons white vinegar 
      2 1/2 tablespoons lemon juice 
      1. Be sure 
		cabbage and carrots are chopped up into very fine pieces 
		 (about the size of rice). 
      2. Combine the sugar, salt, pepper, milk, mayonnaise, buttermilk, 
		 vinegar, and lemon juice in a large bowl and beat until smooth. 
      3. Add the cabbage, carrots, and onion, and mix well. 
      4. Cover and refrigerate for at least 2 hours before serving. 
      Serves 10-12.    
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC? Cole Slaw Fat 
		Free 
      It doesn't 
		get much easier than this. If you like the taste 
		 of KFC Cole Slaw, but don't like the 10.5 grams of fat per 
		 3/4 cup serving, you're going to love this recipe. Using 
		 fat free Miracle Whip and sugar you can make a guiltless 
		 dressing to recreate the taste of the world's most famous 
		 cole slaw. The most work you'll do on this one is chopping 
		 the cabbage, carrot and onion into tiny, rice-size bits. 
		 That's an important step, if you want the texture of the  
      original. Plus, the chopping action may help burn off what 
		 little calories you consume eating this original Top Secret 
		 Recipes fat free conversion of a fast food favorite. 
      1 cup fat 
		free Miracle Whip 
      1/4 cup sugar 
      8 cups cabbage, finely minced 
      1/4 cup carrot, shredded then minced 
      2 tablespoons minced onion 
      1. Combine 
		Miracle Whip with sugar in a large bowl. Mix well 
		 with electric beater until sugar is dissolved. 
      2. Add cabbage, carrot, and onion, and toss well. Be sure 
		 cabbage and carrot are chopped into very small pieces, about 
		 the size of rice. 
      3. Cover and chill for at least two hours before serving. 
      Serves 8.   
      Nutrition 
		Facts 
      Serving size ? Approx. 3/4 cup 
      Total servings ? 8 
      Fat (per serving) ? 0g  
      Calories (per serving) ? 57 
      Original 
      Fat (per serving) ? 10.5g 
      Calories (per serving) ? 210 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC? Honey BBQ Wings? 
      Once a 
		regular menu item, these sweet, saucy wings are now 
		 added to the KFC menu on a "limited-time-only" basis in many 
		 markets. So how are we to get that sticky sauce all over our 
		 faces and hands during those many months when we're cruelly  
      denied our Honey BBQ Wings? Now it's as easy as whipping up a 
		 clone that re-creates a crispy breading on the chicken wings, 
		 and then slathering those puppies in a tasty knock-off of the 
		 sweet, tangy honey BBQ sauce. "Limited-time-only" signs -  
      we laugh in your direction! 
      Sauce 
      1 1/4 cup ketchup 
      1/3 cup white vinegar 
      1/4 cup molasses 
      1/4 cup honey 
      1 teaspoon liquid smoke  
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/4 teaspoon chili powder 
      6 to 8 cups 
		vegetable shortening 
      1 egg, beaten 
      1 cup milk 
      2 cups all-purpose flour 
      2 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      3/4 teaspoon pepper 
      3/4 teaspoon MSG 
      20 chicken wing pieces 
      1. Combine 
		the sauce ingredients in a small saucepan over medium 
		 heat. Stir until ingredients are well combined and bring to a boil. 
		 Then reduce heat and simmer uncovered for 15 to 20 minutes. 
      2. As sauce is simmering, heat up 6 to 8 cups of shortening in 
		 a deep fryer set to 350 degrees. 
      3. Combine the beaten egg with the milk in a small bowl. 
      4. In another small bowl, combine the flour, salt, pepper, and MSG. 
      5. When 
		shorteningl is hot, dip each wing first in the flour mixture, 
		 then into the milk and egg mixture, and back into the flour. Arrange 
		 wings on a plate until each one is coated with batter. 
      6. Fry the wings in the shortening for 9 to 12 minutes or until light 
		 golden brown. If you have a small fryer, you may wish to fry 10 of 
		 the wings at a time. Drain on paper towels or a rack. 
      7. When the sauce is done, brush the entire surface of each wing with 
		 a light coating of sauce. Serve immediately. 
      Makes 2 to 4 servings (20 wings). 
      Tidbits 
      Liquid smoke is a flavoring found near the barbecue sauces and  
      marinades.  Use hickory-flavored liquid smoke if you have a choice. 
       
      MSG is monosodium glutamate, the solid form of a natural amino acid 
		 found in many vegetables. It can be found in stores in the spice 
		 sections and as the brand name Accent flavor enhancer. MSG is an 
		 important component of many KFC items. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Kentucky Biscuits 
      1 1/2 cups 
		flour 
      1 1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1 Tablespoon sugar 
      1 Tablespoon baking powder 
      2/3 cup milk 
      1/3 cup vegetable shortening 
      
 
      Preheat oven 
		to 425?F. Sift together flour, 
		 salt, sugar and baking powder into mixing bowl. 
		 Make a well in the flour mix and add the milk.  
      Add shortening and begin kneading with hands  
      (to cut in) the vegetable shortening and flour 
		 in the milk until thoroughly mixed. Add milk, 
      if needed to form, and mix. Turn onto floured 
		 board, and knead gently 6 to 8 times. Pat dough 
		 to 1/2-inch thickness. Cut into biscuits. Place 
		 on baking sheet and brown in oven 10-13 minutes. 
		 Makes about 9 biscuits. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC? Macaroni & 
		Cheese 
      Here's a 
		clone for another of KFC's famous side dishes. 
		 We'll use easy-to-melt Velveeta, with its very smooth  
      texture, as the main ingredient for the cheese sauce. 
		 Then a bit of cheddar cheese is added to give the sauce 
		 a sharp cheddary zing like the original. It's a very simple 
		 recipe that will take only 15 minutes to prepare. That's  
      great news if you're a lazy cook like me who wants to dig right 
		 into the tasty vittles.  Weeell doggies! 
      6 cups water 
      1 1/3 cups elbow macaroni 
      4 ounces Velveeta cheese 
      1/2 cup shredded cheddar cheese 
      2 tablespoons whole milk 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1. Bring 
		water to a boil over high heat in a medium saucepan. 
		 Add elbow macaroni to the water and cook it for 10 to 12 minutes 
		 or until tender, stirring occasionally. 
      2. While the macaroni is boiling, prepare the cheese sauce by 
		 combining the remaining ingredients in a small saucepan over  
      low heat. Stir often as the cheese melts into a smooth consistency. 
      3. When the 
		macaroni is done, strain it and then pour it back into 
		 the same pan, without the water. 
      4. Add the cheese sauce to the pan and stir gently until the  
      macaroni is well coated with the cheese. Serve immediately while hot. 
      Makes about 3 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC 
		Old-Fashioned Huckleberry Cake 
      1 egg, 
		beaten 
      3 Tablespoons butter, softened 
      2/3 cup sugar 
      1 teaspoon vanilla or almond extract 
      2 teaspoons baking powder 
      1 1/2 cups cake flower 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/3 cup milk 
      1 1/2 cups berries (huckleberries or blueberries) 
      Preheat oven 
		to 350?F. Combine egg and butter. Gradually add 
		 sugar into egg mixture and beat until light. Add extract. In 
		 a separate bowl sift together baking powder, cake flour, salt. 
		 Add the flour to the egg mixture alternately with milk. Beat well. 
		 Fold in the berries and pour into an 8-inch cake pan. Bake about 
		 35-40 minutes or until done. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Pecan Pie 
      4 Eggs, 
		slightly beaten 
      1 cup dark corn syrup 
      pinch of salt 
      1/3 cup sugar 
      1 Tablespoon lemon juice or vinegar 
      4 Tablespoons melted butter 
      2 teaspoons vanilla 
      2/3 cup pecan halves 
      1 9-inch unbaked pie shell 
      Preheat oven 
		to 325-350?F. Mix together the first seven 
		 ingredients listed above. Stir in 2/3 cup pecan halves. 
		 Pour the mixture into an unbaked pie shell. Bake 35-40 minutes. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC? Potato Salad 
      Here's a 
		simple clone for the potato salad that is purchased 
		 as a side dish from America's largest fast food chicken chain. 
		 Some of the skin is left on the potatoes in the real thing, so 
		 you don't have to peel them too thoroughly.  Just be sure to  
      chop your potatoes into cubes that are approximately 1/2-inch thick, 
		 and then let the salad marinate for at least 4 hours so that the 
		 flavors can properly develop. If you let the salad chill overnight, 
		 it tastes even better.   
      2 pounds 
		russet potatoes 
      1 cup mayonnaise 
      4 teaspoons sweet pickle relish 
      4 teaspoons sugar 
      2 teaspoons minced white onion 
      2 teaspoons prepared mustard 
      1 teaspoon vinegar 
      1 teaspoon minced celery 
      1 teaspoon diced pimentos 
      1/2 teaspoon shredded carrot 
      1/4 teaspoon dried parsley 
      1/4 teaspoon pepper 
      dash salt 
      1. Lightly 
		peel the potatoes (you don't have to get all of the 
		 skin off) then chop them into bite-size pieces and boil in 6 cups 
		 of boiling, salted water for 7 to10 minutes. The potato chuncks 
		 should be tender, yet slightly tough in the middle when done.  
      Drain and rinse potatoes with cold water. 
      2. In a medium bowl, combine remaining ingredients and whisk until 
		 smooth. 
      3. Poured drained potatoes into a large bowl. Pour the dressing 
		 over the potatoes and mix until well combined. 
      4. Cover and chill for at least 4 hours. Overnight is best. 
      Makes 6 cups (about 8 servings). 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Puffy Meat Patties 
      3 egg yolks 
      8 ounces ground beef 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon baking powder 
      1 teaspoon black pepper 
      1 Tablespoon (more or less) minced parsley 
      1 small onion grated or finely chopped 
      3 egg whites, beaten until soft peaks form 
      vegetable shortening or oil 
      
 
      Beat yolks 
		until they are lemon-colored. Add the ground beef, 
		 salt, baking powder, pepper, parsley and onion. Mix thoroughly. 
		 Last, fold in the stiffly beaten egg whites and blend gently.  
      In a 10-inch skillet heat about 1/8 inch of shortening until hot. 
		 Spoon heaping teaspoons of the meat mixture into medium heat 
		 skillet. Let cook about 2 minutes on each side-- do not turn 
		 meat until browned on first side (cook to 165?F  
      internal temperature). Serve as soon as done with potatoes, 
		 vegetables, or as desired. Serves 4 to 6. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Refrigerator Rolls 
      1 cup 
		shortening 
      1 cup sugar 
      1 cup mashed potatoes 
      1 quart milk 
      1 cake yeast 
      10 to 12 cups flour 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      2 teaspoons baking powder 
      
 
      Preheat oven 
		to 400?F. Cream shortening and sugar until light 
		 and fluffy. Add potatoes and cream again. In separate pot,  
      heat milk to lukewarm, and dissolve yeast. Pour milk mixture  
      into shortening, sugar and potatoes. Add enough flour (about 4 cups) 
		 to make like cake dough consistency. Stir in salt. Cover. Let rise 
		 2 hours, stir in balance of flour (about 6 to 7 cups), baking soda 
		 and baking powder to make like biscuit dough--knead. Cover and  
      refrigerate 1/2 hour, make into rolls. Let rise until double in 
		 size. Bake about 15-20 minutes. Refrigerate and use over 5 or 6 
		 days. Makes 24 rolls. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Southern Spoon 
		Bread 
      3 cups milk 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1 Tablespoon sugar 
      1 1/4 cups corn meal 
      3 eggs 
      1 Tablespoon baking powder 
      2 Tablespoons cold water 
      2 Tablespoons butter 
      
 
      Preheat oven 
		to 400?F. In pan, heat milk, salt and sugar to 
		 a moderate temperature. Add corn meal and cook as mush 
		 (about 5 minutes). Beat together eggs, baking powder, water 
		 and butter. Add to corn meal mixture. Pour into buttered  
      1 1/2 quart baking dish. Bake for 25 to 30 minutes. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      KFC Waffles 
      2 cups 
		sifted flour 
      1/2 cup vegetable shortening 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon baking powder 
      1 Tablespoon cornmeal 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1 3/4 cups buttermilk 
      2 large eggs 
      
 
      Sift all dry 
		ingredients together, then cut in the shortening 
		 (as for pie crust). Add the buttermilk and unbeaten eggs, 
		 mix until smooth. Preheat the waffle iron. Pour into lightly 
		 greased waffle iron. Yield will vary depending on size of  
      waffle iron. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Koo Koo Roo? 
		Santa Fe Pasta 
      With 
		Southwestern-style dressing, corn, peppers and fresh cilantro, 
		 this is an addicting clone from a quickly growing fast food concept. 
		 Koo Koo Roo's "California Style" flame broiled and rotisserie
       
      chicken meals come with a wide selection of very tasty side dishes, 
		 including Tangy Tomato Salad, Garlic Mashed Potatoes, and Confetti 
		 Rice. This cold Santa Fe Pasta salad is one of the favorites on the 
		 long list of 24 sides. And here's the TSR clone recipe to help you 
		 make a version of your own that tastes as good as the real thing.   
      1 16-ounce 
		package Rotini pasta 
      4-5 quarts water 
      Dressing 
      1 1/4 cups V-8 juice 
      1 1/2 tablespoons olive oil 
      1 tablespoon red wine vinegar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons chili powder 
      3/4 teaspoon paprika 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon black pepper 
      1/2 cup 
		grated Parmesan cheese 
      1/2 cup cooked yellow corn kernels 
      1/3 cup chopped cilantro 
      1/4 cup chopped green onion  
      2 tablespoons diced red bell pepper 
      2 tablespoons diced green bell pepper 
      1 chicken 
		breast fillet, cooked and diced 
      1. Prepare 
		the pasta by bringing 4-5 quarts of water to a rolling 
		 boil in a large saucepan. Add pasta to the pan, and when water  
      begins to boil again, cook for 8-11 minutes. Pasta should be al dente, 
		 or mostly tender but with a slight toughness in the middle.  
      2. Whisk all of the dressing ingredients together in a small bowl. 
		 Cover and chill the dressing until you're ready to use it. 
      3. When pasta is done, pour it into a large bowl. Add the dressing, 
		 then toss. 
      4. Add the remaining ingredients to the pasta, and toss until combined. 
		 Cover and chill for several hours before serving. 
      Serves 8. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Kraft? Deluxe Original Macaroni & Cheese Dinner 
      It's time to 
		clone America's best-selling brand of instant
       
      macaroni & cheese.  This recipe is for the "Deluxe" variety 
		 of this popular product - that is, the one that comes with  
      an envelope of thick cheese sauce, rather than the dry,  
      powdered cheese.  I think the "Deluxe" version, with it's 
		 two-cheese blend, is the better tasting of the two, although 
		 it's gonna hit you a bit harder in the wallet at the supermarket. 
  But now, with this Top Secret Recipe, you can make creamy  
      macaroni & cheese that taste like Kraft's original at a fraction 
		 of the price of the real deal. You gotta love that! 
      8 cups water 
      2 cups uncooked elbow macaroni 
      1/3 cup shredded cheddar cheese 
      1/2 cup Cheez Whiz 
      2 tablespoons whole milk 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1. Bring 8 
		cups (2 quarts) of water to a boil over high heat in 
		 a large saucepan. Add elbow macaroni to water and cook for 
		 10 to 12 minutes or until tender, stirring occasionally. 
      2. As macaroni boils, prepare sauce by combining cheddar cheese, 
		 Cheez Whiz, and milk in a small saucepan over medium low heat. 
		 Stir cheese mixture often as it heats, so that it does not burn. 
		 Add salt. When all of the cheddar cheese has melted and the sauce 
		 is smooth, cover pan and set aside until macaroni is ready. 
      3. When macaroni is ready, strain water, but do not rinse the 
		 macaroni. 
      4. Using the same pan you prepared the macaroni in, combine the 
		 macaroni with the cheese sauce, and mix well.  
      Makes about 4 cups. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Kraft? Shake'n 
		Bake? (Original) 
      Need a 
		recipe that copies Shake'n Bake in a pinch? 
		 Or maybe you don't feel like going to the store for 
		 the real thing.  Here's the TSR solution for a quick 
		 clone that will give you the same texture and flavor of 
		 Kraft Shake'n Bake using very common ingredients. You may 
		 notice the color is a bit different in this clone when  
      compared to the real thing. That's because this recipe doesn't 
		 include beet powder - a hard to find ingredient that lends a  
      dark orange tint to the original. But after you sink your teeth 
		 into the chicken (baked the same way as described on the 
		 Shake'n Bake box) and you'll swear it's the same stuff.  When 
		 you're ready to get shaking and baking, use this breading on 
		 2 1/2 pounds of chicken pieces or on 2 pounds of boneless,  
      skinless chicken breasts. 
      1/2 cup plus 
		1 tablespoon corn flake crumbs 
      2 teaspoons all-purpose flour 
      1 teaspoon salt  
      1/4 teaspoon paprika 
      1/4 teaspoon sugar 
      scant 1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      scant 1/4 teaspoon onion powder 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a small bowl and stir to combine. 
      2. Prepare chicken following the same technique as described on 
		 the box of the original mix using 2 1/2 lbs. of bone-in chicken 
		 (6 to 8 pieces, with or without skin) or 2 lbs. boneless skinless 
		 chicken breast halves. Preheat your oven to 400 degrees, then moisten 
		 the chicken with water. Use a large plastic bag for the coating 
		 and use the same steps as described on the original package:   
      "Shake 
		moistened chicken, 1 to 2 pieces at a time, in shaker bag 
		 with coating mixture. Discard any remaining mixture and bag. Bake 
		 at 400 degrees in ungreased or foil-lined 15 x 10 x 1-inch baking 
		 pan until cooked through - 
      BONE-IN: 45 minutes/BONELESS: 20 minutes." 
      Serves 4. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Kraft? 
		Thousand Island Dressing 
      Here's a 
		quick clone for one of the best-selling thousand 
		 island dressings around. Use this one on salads or on burgers 
		 (such as the In-N-Out Double-Double clone) as a homemade 
		 "special sauce." It's easy, it's tasty, it's cheap and it 
		 can be made low fat simply by using low-fat mayo. Dig it. 
      1/2 cup 
		mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons ketchup 
      1 tablespoon white vinegar 
      2 teaspoons sugar 
      2 teaspoons sweet pickle relish 
      1 teaspoon finely minced white onion 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      dash of black pepper 
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a small bowl. Stir well. 
      2. Place dressing in a covered container and refrigerate for  
      several hours, stirring occasionally, so that the sugar dissolves 
		 and the flavors blend. 
      Makes about 3/4 cup. 
      Almost La 
		Victoria's Green Taco sauce 
      Recipe By     
		: Bill Wight via chile-heads 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Mexican                          
		Sauces 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   2      lbs.          
		Anaheim or New Mex. chiles -- Roast -- peel, deseed 
   1      lb.           
		Yellow Hungarian Wax chiles -- seeded and chopped 
   1                    
		Serranos and jalapeno -- seeded and chopped 
   2 1/2  lbs.          
		Tomatillos -- slice 1/8" thick 
   7      lbs.          
		Green tomatoes -- slice 1/4" thick 
     1/2  bunch         
		Cilantro -- rough chop 
   4      cloves        
		Garlic 
   1      med.          
		White onion -- chopped 
     1/4  cup           
		Lime juice 
     1/4  cup           
		Apple cider vinegar 
   2      Tbs.          
		Salt 
   4      Tbs.          
		Corn Starch 
      Heat a large 
		cast iron skillet to hot and toast the tomatoes and  tomatillos 
      without any oil.  Do just one layer at a time and give each  
		slice a nice 
      dark brown color on both sides without burning.  Remove  when 
		toasted to a 
      glass bowl.  Do not deglaze the pan. 
      In a blender, combine the onion, cilantro, chiles, tomatoes, garlic and 
      tomatillos in batch sizes to half-fill the blender jar.  Pur|e.  
		If any 
      dark brown liquid collects in the bottom of the toasted tomato and 
      tomatillo bowl, add this to the last blender load. 
      Mix the cornstarch in the lime juice/vinegar.  In a large stewing 
		pot, 
      combine the blender loads, add the cornstarch mixture and heat until  
		the 
      sauce comes to a low boil, mixing constantly.  Be careful here, if  
		you 
      don't mix constantly the thick sauce will tend to erupt in hot  
		little 
      geysers of taco sauce that could burn you.  Allow sauce to cool  
		and add 
      salt to taste.  Transfer to clean jars, filling them 3/4 full  
		and freeze 
      what you can't use in a few weeks.  Be careful not to fill  the 
		jars too 
      full or they'll break when you freeze them. 
      I made a batch of sauce last year and it tastes just fine after a year  
		in 
      the freezer.  The sauce keeps OK in my refrigerator for at least a  
		month. 
      * Adjust heat level to your personal taste.  The La Victoria sauce is  
		mild. 
      3 to 4 quarts 
      NOTES : Here 
		is a recipe that I think comes close to the taste and texture of 
      La Victoria's Green Taco sauce. 
      Per serving: 
		258 Calories; 3g Fat (8% calories from fat); 11g Protein; 58g 
		 Carbohydrate; 0mg Cholesterol; 4371mg Sodium 
      NOTES : Half 
		a recipes is plenty! 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Lawry's? Seasoned Salt 
      This 
		seven-ingredient clone of Lawry's Seasoned Salt can be 
		 made in a small bowl, but is best used when poured into an 
		 old spice bottle that you've cleaned out and saved. You've 
		 saved one of those somewhere, right?   
      2 
		tablespoons salt 
      2 teaspoons sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon paprika 
      1/4 teaspoon turmeric 
      1/4 teaspoon onion powder 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1/4 teaspoon cornstarch 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a small bowl and mix well. 
      2. Pour blend into an empty spice bottle with shaker top to store. 
      Makes 1/4 cup. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Lawry's? 
		Taco Spices & Seasonings 
      This is a 
		clone for the stuff you buy in 1- ounce packets to 
		 create, as the package says, "a fun-filled Mexican fiesta in 
		 minutes." Isn't that so true? In fact, thanks to Lawry's my 
		 last Mexican fiesta was filled with so much fun that I had to 
		 take a siesta the next day. I owe it all to that fabulous little 
		 packet of seasoning. And now I promise you just as much fun with 
		 this TSR clone.  Golly, maybe even a tad more fun if you're lucky. 
		 Just mix the ingredients together in a small bowl, then add it to 
		 1 pound of browned ground beef along with some water and let it  
      simmer. Before you know it you'll be up to your nostrils in good  
      old-fashioned, taco-making fun. Better rest up, gosh darn it. 
      1 tablespoon 
		flour 
      1 teaspoon chili powder 
      1 teaspoon paprika 
      3/4 teaspoon salt 
      3/4 teaspoon minced onion 
      1/2 teaspoon cumin 
      1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1/4 teaspoon sugar 
      1/8 teaspoon ground oregano 
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a small bowl. 
      2. To prepare the meat filling for the tacos as described on the  
      original package instructions: 
      "In large skillet, brown 1 pound ground beef until crumbly; drain 
		 fat.  Add spices & seasoning and 2/3 cup water; mix thoroughly. 
  Bring to a boil; reduce heat to low, and cook, uncovered, 
		 7 to 10 minutes, stirring occasionally.  Spoon meat filling into 
		 warmed taco shells or tortillas. Top with shredded lettuce,  
      grated cheddar cheese and chopped tomato. Use fresh salsa and  
      guacamole if desired."  
      Makes meat filling for 12 tacos (about 3 tablespoons each). 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Little 
		Debbie? Oatmeal Creme Pies 
      These soft, 
		creme-filled sandwich cookies were the first snacks 
		 produced by McKee Foods back in 1960.  It was his 4-year old 
		 granddaughter Debbie after which founder O.D. McKee named his 
		 line of snack cakes.  O.D. was inspired by a picture of the  
      little girl in play clothes and a straw hat, and that's the  
      image we still find today on every package.  The secret to cloning 
		 these mouth-watering snacks is re-creating the soft, chewy  
      consistency of the oatmeal cookies.  To duplicate the texture, 
		 the cookies are slightly underbaked.  Then you whip up some of 
		 the easy-to-make creme filling with marshmallow creme and spread 
		 it between two of the oatmeal cookies to complete the sandwich. 
  Next stop, yum city! 
      Cookies 
      1 cup margarine 
      3/4 cup dark brown sugar 
      1/2 cup sugar 
      1 tablespoon molasses 
      1 teaspoon vanilla 
      2 eggs 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/8 teaspoon cinnamon 
      1 1/2 cups 1-minute Quaker Oats 
      Creme 
		Filling 
      2 teaspoons very hot water 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      2 cups marshmallow creme (1 7-ounce jar) 
      1/2 cup shortening 
      1/3 cup powdered sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. In a large bowl, cream together margarine, sugars, molasses, 
		 vanilla, and eggs. 
      3. In a separate bowl combine the flour, salt, baking soda, and 
		 cinnamon. 
      4. Combine the dry ingredients with the wet ingredients. Mix in 
		 the oats. 
      5. Drop dough by tablespoonfuls onto an ungreased baking sheet. 
		 Bake for 10 to 12 minutes, or until cookies are just starting to 
		 darken around the edges. They will still appear moist in the center. 
		 Be careful not to overcook - when cooled, the cookies should be soft 
		 and chewy. 
      6. While the cookies bake, prepare the filling. Use a small bowl to 
		 dissolve the salt in 2 teaspoons of very hot water. Set this  
      solution aside to cool. 
      7. Combine the marshmallow creme, shortening, powdered sugar, and 
		 vanilla in a medium bowl and mix well with an electric mixer on  
      high speed until fluffy. Add the cooled salt solution to the filling 
		 mixture and combine with the mixer. 
      8. Assemble each creme pie by spreading the filling over one side of 
		 a cookie (the flat side) and press another cookie on top, making a  
      sandwich. Repeat for the remaining cookies and filling. 
      Makes 2 dozen creme pies. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Lone 
		Star Steakhouse? Baked Sweet Potato 
           
		It saddles on up next to your entree at this huge steakhouse 
		 chain, but it's not what it claims to be. Sure, the menu says 
		 "baked sweet potato," but you're actually getting a sweet and
       
      tender red-skinned yam underneath all that yummy melted butter  
      and cinnamon/sugar. And don't just get any yam for this top secret 
		 clone. You want to use garnet yams, if you have a choice. Then be 
		 sure to cook them long enough that the sugar in the yams begins  
      to squirt out and burn in a couple of spots. Each yam should be  
      tender, but not mushy. The skin on the outside will turn from red 
		 to greyish-brown, and inside it will be a hearty shade of black.   
      4 garnet 
		yams 
      3 tablespoons granulated sugar  
      1 1/2 teaspoons cinnamon  
      1/2 cup whipped butter       
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 400 degrees. Bake yams for 45 to 75 minutes 
		 (bigger yams take longer to cook). When they are done, the outside 
		 will have darkened and the inside will be soft. You may see liquid 
		 from the potato oozing out and charring. When the potato is sliced 
		 open, the inside of the skin will be charred black from the  
      caramelizing sugar in the potato. This is a perfectly cooked potato.  
      3. To serve, slice a potato down the center. Add two tablespoons of 
		 whipped butter, then sprinkle some cinnamon/sugar over the top. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Lone Star 
		Steakhouse? Chili 
      When the 
		weather gets cold it's time to fire up the stovetop. 
		 This chain makes a tasty chili that warms the bones on a nippy 
		 fall day. This clone recipe is easy-to-make, low-fat and  
      delicious. And if it's super brisk outside, you might want to add 
		 an additional tablespoon of diced jalapeno to aggressively stoke 
		 those internal flames.     
      1 pound 
		ground beef 
      1 diced onion  
      1 tablespoon diced fresh jalapeno pepper  
      1 15-ounce can kidney beans with liquid 
      1 14.5-ounce can peeled diced tomatoes 
      1 8-ounce can tomato sauce 
      1 cup water 
      1 tablespoon white vinegar 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon chili powder 
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      1 bay leaf 
      Garnish 
      grated cheddar cheese 
      diced onion 
      canned whole jalapeno chili peppers   
      Hot enough for you? 
		  
 
      
 
 
      1. Brown 
		ground beef in a large saucepan over medium heat. Drain fat.
       
      2. Add onion and pepper and saut?for about two minutes. 
      3. Add remaining ingredients and simmer for 1 hour, stirring 
		 occasionally. Serve one cup in a bowl with the optional cheese, 
		 diced onion and whole jalapeno garnish on top. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Lone Star Steakhouse? Lettuce Wedge Salad 
      Why waste 
		time chopping up the lettuce when you can just 
		 hack a head into four chunks, dress it up and serve? This 
		 unique presentation is not only easy to make, but also a  
      deliciously different way to serve your next salad. The creamy 
		 bleu cheese dressing is a cinch to make from scratch and tastes 
		 much better than anything you'll buy in a store. Add a bit of 
		 extra crumbled bleu over the top, some freshly diced tomatoes, 
		 and you're well on your way to a fancy-pants side salad that'll 
		 surely impress.   
      Bleu Cheese 
		Dressing 
      3/4 cup mayonnaise  
      1/2 cup buttermilk  
      1/4 cup crumbled bleu cheese  
      1/2 teaspoon sugar  
      1/4 teaspoon ground black pepper  
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder  
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder  
      1/8 teaspoon salt   
      1 head 
		iceberg lettuce 
      1 cup crumbled bleu cheese 
      1 cup diced tomato (1 large tomato)   
      Do the wedge. 
		  
 
      
 
 
      1. Use an 
		electric mixer to combine all ingredients for bleu 
		 cheese dressing in a medium bowl.  
      2. Slice a head of iceberg lettuce into quarters through the  
      stem end. Cut the stem off of the wedges and arrange each one 
		 on a plate. 
      3. Spoon about 1/4 cup of bleu cheese dressing over each lettuce 
		 wedge.  
      4. Sprinkle 1/4 cup of crumbled bleu cheese over the dressing. 
      5. Sprinkle 1/4 cup of diced tomato over the top and serve. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Long John Silver's 
		Batter 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Seafood                          
		Dressings 
                
		Fish And Seafood 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		LAWRIE   (RGGW25A) 
                        
		Bisquick 
                        
		Pancake mix 
                        
		Club soda 
      With wire 
		whisk whip together equal parts Bisquick & boxed pancake mix with 
		 club soda till it's the consistency of buttermilk. Moisten fish fillets 
		in 
		 water & then coat lightly but evenly in flour. Let dry on waxed paper 5 
      minutes. Spear pieces one at a time with tip of sharp knife & coat in 
      batter. Deep fry in 385F oil, about 4 minutes each side, till crispy and 
      browned. Do not use tongs or coating will break apart. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Marie Calendar's 
		Cornbread 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Breads                           
		Dressings 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1      box           
		corn muffin mix -- (9 oz) 
   1      box           
		yellow cake mix -- (9 oz) 
      Prepare corn 
		muffin mix per directions on box and cake mix per directions 
      on box in separate bowl. Pour prepared yellow cake mix into prepared corn 
      muffin mix and stir well. Pour into greased 9x12x2 pan and bake 350F for 
      30 to 35 min until toothpick comes out clean. 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Marie 
		Callendar's Honey Butter 
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 1    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Copycat                          
		Spreads 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
                        
		Van Geffen VGHC42A 
     1/4  pound         
		Butter 
     1/2  cup           
		Honey 
   6      slices        
		Bacon; cook crisp -- crumble 
      Beat butter 
		in a 1-1/2 qt bowl with electric mixer, high speed, till light 
      and fluffy. Gradually on reduced speed, beat in honey and bacon, beating 
		till 
      thoroughly combined and smooth. Keep refrigerated in covered container to 
      serve within a week. 
      ALMOST MARIE 
		CALLENDAR'S POTATO CHEESE SOUP 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 8    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Copy cat                         
		Soup 
                
		Restaurant 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   8       c            
		Potatoes -- peeled and 
                        
		Cubed 
   2       c            
		Chopped onion 
   4       c            
		Chopped celery 
   2       ts           
		Salt 
   4       c            
		Water 
   4       c            
		Half-and-half 
   6       tb           
		Butter or margarine 
   1       c            
		Shredded sharp cheddar 
                        
		Cheese 
        Place 
		potatoes, onions, celery, and salt in the 4 c of 
  water in a large pot. Simmer about 15 minutes until 
  vegetables are tender. Put in blender and puree until 
  chunky. Return soup to pot and add half-and-half, 
  butter, and cheese. Simmer until hot. Do NOT Boil. 
   
   
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MCDonald's Apple 
		Muffin 
      Yield: 24 
		copycat Servings 
      21 oz Apple 
		pie filling 
      3 Eggs 
      2 ts Apple pie spice 
      18 oz Yellow cake mix 
      Beat all 
		together with electric mixer on medium-speed. 
      Divide batter equally between 24 paper-lined cupcake  
      wells. Bake 350~ 25 to 30 minutes or until knife inserted  
      comes out clean. Cool before peeling off paper liners. 
      McDonald's 
		Big Mac Sauce 
      Yield: 2 
		Cups 
      1 c Miracle 
		Whip 
      1/3 c sweet relish 
      1/4 c French dressing (orange not red) 
      1 T sugar 
      1/4 t black pepper 
      1 t minced onion 
      Mix 
		Ingredients Well. 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? Arch 
		Deluxe?
       
       
      In 1996, 
		McDonald's set out to target more educated tastebuds 
		 in a massive advertising campaign for its newest burger creation. 
		 We watched while Ronald McDonald golfed, danced, and leisurely  
      hung out with real-life grown-up humans, instead of the puffy  
      Mayor McCheese and that bunch of wacko puppets. Supposedly the  
      Arch Deluxe, with the "Adult Taste",  would appeal to those dancers 
		 and golfers and anyone else with a sophisticated palate. But let's 
		 face it, we're not talking Beef Wellington here. The Arch Deluxe 
		 is just a hamburger, after all, with only a couple of elements  
      that set it apart from the other menu items. The big difference  
      is the creamy brown mustard spread on the sandwich right next to  
      the ketchup. And the burger is assembled on a sesame seed potato  
      roll (which actually tastes very much like your common hamburger bun). 
		 Also, you can order the burger with the optional thick-sliced  
      peppered bacon, for an extra ka-ching. Okay, so the plan hasn't  
      quite worked out the way Micky D's had hoped. Sales of the Arch  
      Deluxe have been disappointing, to say the least. That's why I  
      thought this would be a good recipe to clone.  You know, for all  
      of you who have been struggling to get by without the Arch Deluxe  
      in your lives. The Arch Deluxe may have gone on to join the McD.L.T  
      and the McLean Deluxe on the great list of fast food duds from our  
      past.  But you can now create a delicious kitchen facsimile of your 
		 own with this recipe.  And hopefully, in the meantime, Ronald has  
      gone back to work. 
      1 tablespoon 
		mayonnaise 
      1/2 teaspoon brown mustard (French's "Hearty Deli" is good) 
      1 sesame seed hamburger bun 
      1/4 pound ground beef 
      1 slice American cheese 
      1 to 2 tomato slices 
      1 to 2 lettuce leaves, chopped 
      1/2 tablespoon ketchup 
      2 tablespoons chopped onion 
      1. In a 
		small bowl, mix together the mayonnaise and the brown mustard. 
		 Set aside. 
      2. Grill the face of each of the buns on a griddle or frying pan over 
		 medium heat. 
      3. Roll the ground beef into a ball and pat it out until it's  
      approximately the same diameter as the bun.  
      4. Cook meat on hot griddle or frying pan for about 5 minutes per  
      side or until done. Be sure to lightly salt and pepper each side of  
      the patty. 
      5. Build the burger in the following order, from the bottom up: 
      On Bottom 
		Bun 
      beef patty 
      American cheese slice 
      1 to 2 tomato slices 
      lettuce 
      On Top Bun 
      mayo/mustard 
      ketchup 
      onions 
      6. Slap the 
		top onto the bottom and serve hot. 
      Makes one burger.   
      Tidbits 
      If you can 
		find thick-sliced pepper bacon in your supermarket, you 
		 can add it to the burger just as you could at the restaurant chain. 
		 Cut one slice in half after cooking and place the slices next to 
		 each other onto the bottom bun before adding the beef patty. 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		McDonald's? Big Mac Sauce? ("Special Sauce") 
      If you like 
		Big Macs, it's probably because of that tasty 
		 "secret" spread that is plopped onto both decks of the world's 
		 most popular double-decker hamburger. So what's so special 
      about this sauce? After all, it's basically just thousand island 
		 dressing, right? Pretty much. But this sauce has a bit more sweet 
		 pickle relish in it than a typical thousand island salad slather. 
		 Also, I found that this clone comes close to the original with the 
		 inclusion of French dressing. It's an important ingredient - 
		 ketchup just won't do it. That, along with a sweet & sour flavor 
		 that comes from vinegar and sugar, makes this sauce go well on  
      any of your home burger creations, whether they're Big Mac clones 
		 or not. This is the closest "special sauce" clone you'll find
       
      anywhere. 
      1/2 cup 
		mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons French dressing 
      4 teaspoons sweet pickle relish 
      1 tablespoon finely minced white onion 
      1 teaspoon white vinegar 
      1 teaspoon sugar 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a small bowl. Stir well. 
      2. Place sauce in a covered container and refrigerate for several  
      hours, or overnight, so that the flavors blend. Stir the sauce a  
      couple of times as it chills. 
      Makes about 3/4 cup. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      McDonald's? BigXtra!? 
      McDonald's 
		roll-out of the BigXtra! is another bomb dropped on
       
      the battlefield of the latest burger war.  Burger King took the  
      first shot by introducing the Big King - a pretty good clone of  
      McDonald's signature Big Mac, with a bit more meat and no middle bun. 
  Then Mickey D's fired back with a clone of Burger King's popular 
		 Whopper, to be exact.  That's just under 5 ounces of ground beef, 
		 stacked on a huge sesame seed bun, with the same ingredients you 
		 would find piled on the Whopper - lettuce, onion, tomato, ketchup, 
		 mayo, and pickles.  Plus McDonald's addition of a special spice 
		 sprinkled on the beef as it cooks.  It's all very tasty.   
      Especially if you like Whoppers.  Today the Big Xtra! is less extra, 
		 having been shrunk down and renamed Big 'N Tasty. 
      1 large 
		sesame seed bun (4 3/4-inch diameter) 
      5 ounces ground beef 
      seasoned salt 
      ground black pepper 
      2 teaspoons ketchup 
      1 tablespoon mayonnaise 
      1 tablespoon chopped onion 
      3 pickle slices (hamburger style) 
      1/2 cup chopped lettuce 
      1 large tomato slice 
      non-stick cooking spray 
      1. Form the 
		ground beef into a very large patty on wax paper.
       
      Make it approximately 5 1/2 to 6 inches in diameter (the meat  
      should shrink to the perfect size for the buns when cooked). Freeze 
		 this patty for a couple hours before cooking. 
      2. Grill the faces of the hamburger bun in a hot skillet over medium 
		 heat. Grill until the buns are golden brown. Leave pan hot. 
      3. Grill the frozen patty in the pan for 2 to 3 minutes per side.  
      Sprinkle one side with seasoned salt and ground black pepper. 
      4. Prepare the rest of the burger by first spreading the 2 teaspoons 
		 of ketchup on the face of the top bun. Follow the ketchup with the  
      tablespoon of mayonnaise. 
      5. Stack the onion onto the top bun next, followed by the pickles and 
		 lettuce. Add the tomato slice to the top of the stack. 
      6. When the beef patty is done cooking, use a spatula to arrange it on 
		 the bottom bun. Turn the top of the burger over onto the bottom and  
      serve. 
      Makes 1 hamburger. 
      
      
 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      McDonald's? Biscuits 
      Them's the 
		biscuits served at America's most popular stop 
      for breakfast, partners - simple to make and gosh darn tasty. 
		 Get yourself some Bisquick and buttermilk and crank up the  
      oven for a clone that's become one very frequent request.   
      2 cups 
		Bisquick baking mix 
      2/3 cups buttermilk 
      2 teaspoons sugar 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      2 tablespoons margarine, melted and divided 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 450 degrees. 
      2. Combine the baking mix, buttermilk, sugar, salt, and half of 
		 the melted margarine in a medium bowl. Mix until well blended. 
      3. Turn dough out onto a floured surface and knead for about 30  
      seconds, or until dough becomes elastic. 
      4. Roll dough to about 3/4-inch thick and punch out biscuits using 
		 a 3-inch cutter. Arrange the punched-out dough on an ungreased  
      baking sheet, and bake for 10 to12 minutes or until the biscuits  
      are golden on top and have doubled in height. 
      5. Remove the biscuits from the oven and immediately brush each one 
		 with a light coating of the remaining melted margarine. Serve warm. 
      Makes 8 biscuits.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? 
		Breakfast Burrito? 
      It was in 
		the late seventies, shortly after McDonald's had 
		 introduced the Egg McMuffin, that the food giant realized the 
		 potential of a quick, drive-thru breakfast. Soon, the company 
		 had developed several breakfast selections, including the Big 
		 Breakfast with eggs, hash browns, and sausage. Eventually one 
		 out of every four breakfasts eaten on the go would be served 
		 at McDonald's - an impressive statistic indeed. The newest  
      kid on the McBreakfast block is this morning meal in a tortilla, 
		 first offered on the menu in 1991.   
      4 ounces 
		breakfast sausage 
      1 tablespoon minced white onion 
      1/2 tablespoon minced mild green chilies (canned) 
      4 eggs, beaten 
      salt 
      pepper 
      4 8-inch flour tortillas 
      4 slices American cheese 
      On the side 
      salsa 
      1. Preheat a 
		skillet over medium heat. Crumble the sausage 
		 into the pan, then add the onion. Saut?the sausage and onion 
		 for 3 to 4 minutes or until the sausage is browned. 
      2. Add the mild green chilies and continue to saut?for 1 minute. 
      3. Pour the beaten eggs into the pan and scramble the eggs with  
      the sausage and vegetables. Add a dash of salt and pepper. 
      4. Heat up the tortillas by steaming them in the microwave in  
      moist paper towels or a tortilla steamer for 20 to 30 seconds. 
      5. Break each slice of cheese in half and position two halves  
      end-to-end in the middle of each tortilla. 
      6. To make the burrito, spoon 1/4 of the egg filling onto the  
      cheese in a tortilla. Fold one side of the tortilla over the  
      filling, then fold up about two inches of one end. Fold over the  
      other side of the tortilla to complete the burrito (one end should 
		 remain open). Serve hot with salsa on the side, if desired. 
      Makes 4 burritos. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		McDonald's? Breakfast Bagel Sandwiches? 
      Ham & Egg 
		Bagel 
      Sauce  
      2 tablespoons mayonnaise  
      1 teaspoon creamy dill mustard   
      4 eggs 
      salt   
      ground black pepper 
      1 teaspoon butter 
      8-ounces deli-sliced ham (2 to 3 slices per sandwich) 
      4 plain bagels 
      8 slices Kraft Singles American cheese 
      1. First 
		prepare the sauce by combining the mayonnaise with 
		 the dill mustard in a small bowl. Set this aside until you  
      are ready to use it. 
      2. To prepare the eggs it's best to make one at a time in a  
      small 6-inch skillet. If you have more than one of these small 
		 pans, you can save a little time. 
      3. Beat an egg in a small bowl with a whisk until it is smooth, 
		 but not foamy. Add a pinch of salt and pepper to the egg. Heat 
		 a small 6-inch skillet over low heat. Add 1/4 teaspoon of butter 
		 to the pan. When the butter has melted add the egg to the pan.  
      Swirl the pan so that the egg spreads evenly. As the egg begins to 
		 cook, use a spatula to pull in a couple of the edges so that raw  
      egg flows from the top onto the hot pan. Cook for 2 to 3 minutes, 
		 then fold over one of the edges of the egg using a spoon or fork. 
		 Fold it down about an inch. Fold the opposite end over as well.  
      Then fold the remaining two edges over, creating a small rectangular 
		 or square mini-omelet. Flip the little omelet over and turn off the 
		 heat. 
      4. Heat up the ham in a covered dish in the microwave for 1 minute. 
		 This will make it hot, and keep it from drying. 
      5. Slice a bagel in half and place it with the faces up on a baking 
		 sheet. Grill the faces of the bagel halves in your oven, set on 
		 broil, until golden brown. You may also use a toaster oven for this 
		 step, but be sure to place the sliced bagel halves onto a small  
      baking sheet or on aluminum foil.  
      6. When the bagels are toasted, spread about 1/2 tablespoon of the 
		 sauce onto the face of the top bagel half. 
      7. Place a slice of cheese onto the face of each bagel half. 
      8. Place the finished omelet onto the cheese on the bottom half of 
		 the sandwich. 
      9. Place the ham onto the egg.  
      10. Finish by flipping the top half of the sandwich over onto the 
		 bottom. Heat for 15 seconds in microwave if needed to warm. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? Hot 
		Mustard Sauce 
      I finally 
		got on the case to bring you the definitive kitchen 
		 clone for this one - and it's a cinch!  Tie one hand behind 
		 your back and witness plain old ground dried mustard mixing  
      it up with sweet and sour flavors in a saucepan over medium heat. 
  The cornstarch wrangles around in there to thicken and stabilize 
		 while Captain Habanero pops in for the perfect spicy punch. 
  Use it for dipping, use it for spreading, use it again and again, 
		 since you'll make about a cup of the stuff.  And McDonald's will 
		 be glad that we no longer need to hoard the little blister packs  
      from the restaurants. 
      1/2 cup 
		water 
      1/2 cup corn syrup 
      1/3 cup plus 1 tablespoon white vinegar 
      2 tablespoons ground dried mustard  
      4 teaspoons cornstarch  
      1 tablespoon granulated sugar  
      1 tablespoon vegetable oil  
      1/2 teaspoon turmeric  
      1/2 teaspoon salt  
      10-14 drops habanero hot sauce     
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a small uncovered saucepan. Whisk 
		 until smooth. 
      2. Turn heat to medium and bring mixture to a boil, stirring often. 
		 Sauce should thicken in 2 to 3 minutes after it begins to boil.  
      Remove sauce from heat and chill in refrigerator in a covered  
      container. 
      Makes 1 cup. 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? 
		Lobster Sandwich 
      Yes, this 
		actually exists. On an excursion through some New 
		 England states I practically drove off the road when I first 
		 saw a sign advertising lobster at this fast food chain. I just 
		 had to get a closer look. That's when I discovered that this 
		 unique sandwich is served only at select McDonald's locations, 
		 mostly in Maine, for a limited time only during the summer months. 
		 It's basically a lobster salad served on a hoagie roll with some 
		 lettuce, but with fresh Maine lobster, is quite tasty. 
      Since you can't get this anywhere else, I figured this sandwich 
		 was a prime candidate for kitchen cloning. Here's a recipe to  
      make a version of your own that has never before been published.   
      1\2 cup 
		cooked Maine Lobster (fresh is best) 
      1\2 tablespoon mayonnaise 
      pinch salt 
      1 lettuce leaf 
      small hoagie roll   
      1. Mix 
		together lobster, mayonnaise and salt. 
      2. Slice hoagie roll length wise, and spread the lettuce leaf on 
		 the bottom half.  
      3. Spread lobster over lettuce. Top off sandwich with top half of 
		 the roll. 
      Makes 1 sandwich.    
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? Shakes 
      All right, 
		it's the middle of summer and it's dang hot out. 
		 Wouldn't it be nice if we could whip up a little something 
		 to help keep those beads of sweat from rollin'? Check out  
      how simple it is to recreate any of the three flavors of  
      McDonald's thick shakes from scratch. Just three ingredients 
		 to each clone. And the secret ingredient for the chocolate  
      and strawberry flavors is Nesquik mix. How McEasy is that?  
      Throw everything in a blender and press a button -- the one  
      on the right. And if you want your shake thicker, just put  
      it in the freezer for a while. That's it!   
      Vanilla 
		Shake 
      2 cups vanilla ice cream 
      1 1/4 cups low fat milk 
      3 tablespoons sugar 
      Chocolate 
		Shake 
      2 cups vanilla ice cream 
      1 1/4 cups low fat milk 
      2 tablespoons chocolate flavor Nesquik mix 
      Strawberry 
		Shake 
      2 cups vanilla ice cream 
      1 1/4 cups low fat milk 
      3 tablespoons strawberry flavor Nesquik mix 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients for the shake flavor of your choice 
		 in a blender and mix on high speed until smooth. Stop blender, 
		 stir and blend again, if necessary to combine ingredients. 
      2. Pour into two 12-ounce cups. 
      Serves 2. 
      
      
 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		McDonald's? Breakfast Bagel Sandwiches? 
      Spanish 
		Omelet Bagel 
      Sauce  
      2 tablespoons mayonnaise  
      1 teaspoon creamy dill mustard 
      2 teaspoons 
		minced green pepper 
      2 teaspoons minced white onion 
      4 eggs 
      1 teaspoon butter  
      salt   
      ground black pepper 
      8 ounces breakfast sausage 
      4 plain 
		bagels 
      4 slices Kraft Singles American cheese 
      4 slices Kraft Singles Monterey Jack cheese 
      1. First 
		prepare the sauce by combining the mayonnaise 
		 with the dill mustard in a small bowl. Set this aside 
		 until you are ready to use it. 
      2. To prepare the eggs it's best to make one at a time  
      in a small 6-inch skillet. If you have more than one of  
      these small pans, you can save a little time. 
      3. First preheat pan over low heat. Add 1/4 teaspoon of butter. 
		 Add 1/2 teaspoon of minced green pepper along with 1/2 teaspoon 
		 minced white onion to the pan and saut?for a couple minutes, 
		 or until soft. 
      4. Beat an egg in a small bowl with a whisk until it is smooth, 
		 but not foamy. Add a pinch of salt and pepper to the egg. Add the 
		 egg to the pan with the vegetables. Swirl the pan so that the egg 
		 spreads out. As the egg begins to cook, use a spatula to pull in a 
		 couple of the edges so that raw egg flows from the top onto the hot 
		 pan. Cook for 2 to 3 minutes, then fold over one of the edges of the 
		 egg using a spoon or fork. Fold it down about an inch. Fold the  
      opposite end over as well. Then fold the remaining two edges over, 
		 creating a small rectangular or square mini-omelet. Flip the little 
		 omelets over and turn off the heat. 
      5. Press the sausage into four 2-ounce patties approximately the size 
		 of the bagel. Cook the sausage in a large skillet over medium heat 
		 until brown. Drain when done. 
      6. Slice a bagel in half and place it with the faces up on a baking 
		 sheet. Grill the faces of the bagel halves in your oven, set on  
      broil, until golden brown. You may also use a toaster oven for this 
		 step, but be sure to place the sliced bagel halves onto a small  
      baking sheet or on aluminum foil. 
      7. When the bagels are toasted, spread about 1/2 tablespoon of the 
		 sauce onto the face of the bottom bagel half. 
      8. Place a slice of Monterey Jack cheese onto the face of the bottom 
		 bagel half. 
      9. Place a sausage patty on the cheese on the Jack cheese. 
      10. Place the finished omelet onto the sausage and then place the 
		 American cheese on the omelet. 
      11. Finish the sandwich with the bagel top and heat for 15 seconds 
		 in the microwave if needed to warm.  Repeat for remaining 
		servings. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
      
      
 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      McDonald's? Breakfast Bagel Sandwiches?
       
      
 
      Steak & Egg 
		Bagel 
      Sauce  
      2 tablespoons mayonnaise  
      1 teaspoon creamy dill mustard   
      1 teaspoon 
		vegetable oil 
      1 slice of white onion, quartered 
      1 14-ounce pkg. Steak-Umm chopped steak (7 steaks) 
      4 eggs 
      1 teaspoon butter  
      salt   
      ground black pepper 
      4 plain bagels 
      8 slices Kraft Singles American cheese 
      1. First 
		prepare the sauce by combining the mayonnaise with 
		 the dill mustard in a small bowl. Set this aside until you  
      are ready to use it. 
      2. Heat 1 teaspoon of vegetable oil in a medium skillet over  
      medium heat. Separate the onion slices and saut?in the oil until 
		 light brown. 
      3. Heat a large skillet over medium/high heat. Break up the sandwich 
		 steak into the hot pan and cook until brown. Drain off fat. Add the 
		 grilled onions to the meat and stir. 
      4. To make the eggs it's best to make one at a time in a small 6-inch 
		 skillet. If you have more than one of these small pans, you can save 
		 a little time. 
      5. Beat an egg in a small bowl with a whisk until it is smooth, but 
		 not foamy. Add a pinch of salt and pepper to the egg. Heat a small 
		 6-inch skillet over low heat. Add 1/4 teaspoon of butter to the pan. 
		 When the butter has melted add the egg to the pan. Swirl the pan so 
		 that the egg spreads evenly. As the egg begins to cook, use a spatula 
		 to pull in a couple of the edges so that raw egg flows from the top 
		 onto the hot pan. Cook for 2 to 3 minutes, then fold over one of the 
		 edges of the egg using a spoon or fork. Fold it down about an inch. 
		 Fold the opposite end over as well. Then fold the remaining two edges 
		 over, creating a small rectangular or square mini-omelet. Flip the 
		 little omelet over and turn off the heat. 
      6. Slice a bagel in half and place it with the faces up on a baking 
		 sheet. Grill the faces of the bagel halves in your oven, set on 
		 broil, until golden brown. You may also use a toaster oven for this 
		 step, but be sure to place the sliced bagel halves onto a small  
      baking sheet or on aluminum foil. 
      7. When the bagels are toasted, spread about 1/2 tablespoon of the 
		 sauce onto the face of the top bagel half. 
      8. Place a slice of cheese onto the face of each bagel half. 
      9. Divide the meat into four portions and stack one portion onto the 
		 cheese on the bottom bagel half. 
      10. Place the finished omelet onto the meat on the bottom half of the 
		 sandwich. 
      11. Finish by flipping the top half of the sandwich over onto the 
		 bottom. Heat for 15 seconds in microwave if needed to warm. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		McDonald's? Sweet & Sour Dipping Sauce 
      This recipe 
		clones one of those sauces you get with your 
		 order of McNuggets at the world's largest hamburger outlet.  
		 Now, instead of shoving a fistful of the little green packs 
		 into your backpack, you can make up a batch of your own to  
      use as a dip for store bought nuggets, chicken fingers, fried 
		 shrimp, and tempura.  Or you can even use this as a sauce  
      for the traditional Chinese sweet and sour dish (with pineapple, 
		 bell pepper, onion, and saut?d chicken or pork.)  It's a  
      simple recipe that requires a food processor or a blender,  
      and the sauce will keep well for some time in the fridge. 
      1/4 cup 
		peach preserves 
      1/4 cup apricot preserves 
      2 tablespoons light corn syrup 
      5 teaspoons white vinegar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons cornstarch 
      1/2 teaspoon soy sauce 
      1/2 teaspoon yellow mustard 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder 
      2 tablespoons water 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients except the water in a food processor 
		 or a blender and puree until the mixture is smooth.  
      2. Pour mixture into a small saucepan over medium heat. Add water, 
		 stir, and bring mixture to a boil. Allow it to boil for five  
      minutes, stirring often. When the sauce has thickened, remove  
      it from the heat and let it cool. Store sauce in a covered  
      container in the refrigerator. 
      Makes about 3/4 cup.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      McDonald's? Yogurt 
		Parfait 
      This one's 
		super easy to make, plus it's low fat and delicious. 
		 The yogurt in the original is very sweet and creamy, like Yoplait. 
		 So that's the brand that you should use, although any brand of  
      vanilla yogurt will work fine. If you use Yoplait, you'll need two 
		 6-ounce containers of the stuff per serving. For the granola,  
      just look for one that contains mostly oats. It should be crunchy 
		 and sweet (such as "maple" flavor) and can also include puffed 
		 rice bits. You can even make these a day or two ahead of time. 
		 Keep them covered in the fridge, and hold off on the granola  
      topping until you serve 'em up or it'll get mighty soggy.   
      4 cups 
		vanilla-flavored low-fat yogurt (or 8 6-ounce containers 
		 of Yoplait) 
      2 10-ounce boxes sliced strawberries with sugar added, thawed  
      1/3 cup frozen blueberries, thawed   
      1/2 cup crunchy, sweet granola   
      1. Pour 1/2 
		cup of yogurt into a parfait cup or tall glass. 
      2. Add 1/2 cup of strawberries into the glass on top of the yogurt.  
      3. Add 1 tablespoon of blueberries to the glass. 
      4. Pour 1/2 cup of yogurt over the fruit. 
      5. Sprinkle granola over the top and serve. Repeat for remaining 
		 3 servings. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Mimi's Cafe? 
		Carrot Raisin Bread 
      It's dark, 
		moist and delicious. And it comes in a bread basket 
		 to your table at this French-themed west coast casual restaurant. 
		 Now the tastiest carrot bread ever can be yours to create at home 
		 with a couple of grated carrots, molasses, raisins and chopped 
		 walnuts. You'll be baking this one in the oven for at least an 
		 hour. That should be enough time to warm up the house and send 
		 amazing smells wafting through every room. Line the carpet with 
		 newspaper to catch the family drool.   
      1 1/2 cups 
		all-purpose flour 
      1 teaspoon cinnamon  
      1 teaspoon baking powder  
      1 teaspoon baking soda  
      1 teaspoon salt  
      1 cup vegetable oil 
      1 cup plus 2 tablespoons granulated sugar  
      3 eggs 
      1/4 cup molasses  
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract  
      1 cup shredded carrot  
      1 cup raisins 
      3/4 cup chopped walnuts  
      Dark, moist carrot bread is a Mimi's Cafe specialty. Now it's yours. 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. Combine flour, cinnamon, baking powder, baking soda,  and salt in 
		 a large mixing bowl. 
      3. In another bowl, combine oil, sugar, eggs, molasses, and vanilla 
		 with an electric mixer. Add shredded carrot and mix. Add raisins 
		 and walnuts and mix well by hand. 
      4. Pour flour mixture into the other ingredients and stir until  
      combined. 
      5. Pour batter into two ungreased 8-inch loaf pans. Bake for 60  
      minutes, or until done. 
      Makes 2 loaves. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mimi's 
		Cafe? French Market Onion Soup 
      You might 
		not imagine a tough World War II flying ace would
       
      open a restaurant called "Mimi's," but that's exactly what  
      happened in the 70's. Arthur J. Simms flew spy missions over 
		 France during the war and helped liberate a small French town 
		 near Versailles. After the war Arthur ran the commissary at  
      MGM studios in Hollywood, stuffing the bellies of big-time celebs 
		 like Judy Garland, Clark Gable and Mickey Rooney. He later  
      joined his son Tom in several restaurant ventures including one 
		 called "French Quarter" in West Hollywood. This was the prototype 
		 for the French-themed Mimi's Cafe. In 1978, the first Mimi's  
      opened in Anaheim, California. Today there's over 40 Mimi's in  
      the chain with a new one opening every other week; all of them  
      serving this amazing onion soup that can now be part of your  
      culinary repertoire. Oui!   
      1/4 cup 
		butter 
      3 medium white onions, sliced  
      3 14-ounce cans beef broth (Swanson is best)  
      1 teaspoon salt  
      1/4 teaspoon garlic powder 
      3 tablespoons Kraft grated parmesan cheese 
      6 to 12 slices French bread (baguette)  
      6 slices Swiss cheese  
      6 slices mozzarella cheese  
      6 tablespoons shredded parmesan cheese  
      You've just cloned a batch of the best onion soup from any chain. 
		 Got spoon? 
		  
 
      
 
 
      1. 
		Saut?onions in melted butter in a large soup pot or saucepan
       
      for 15 to 20 minutes or until onions begin to brown and turn  
      transparent.  
      2. Add beef broth, salt and garlic powder to onions. Bring mixture 
		 to a boil, then reduce heat and simmer uncovered for 1 hour. Add 
		 the grated parmesan cheese in the last 10 minutes of cooking the 
      soup. 
      3. When soup is done, preheat oven to 350 degrees and toast the  
      French bread slices for about 10 to 12 minutes or until they begin 
		 to brown. When bread is done, set oven to broil.  
      4. Build each serving of soup by spooning about 1 cup of soup into 
		 an oven-safe bowl. Float a toasted slice or two of bread on top of 
		 the soup, then add a slice of Swiss cheese on top of that. Place a  
      slice of mozzarella on next and sprinkle 1 tablespoon of shredded  
      parmesan cheese over the top of the other cheeses.  
      5. Place the soup bowl on a baking sheet and broil for 5 to 6 minutes 
		 or until the cheese begins to brown. 
      Makes 6 servings. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Mr & Mrs T? Rich & Spicy Bloody Mary Mix 
      Here's a way 
		to clone the famous and very popular Bloody Mary 
		 Mix from that couple with only a letter as a last name. It's 
		 a simple-to-make blend of tomato juice and spices with some  
      prepared horseradish and canned jalapeno juice thrown in for  
      a "spicier, zestier" drink. Mix this with vodka over ice and  
      you've got a delicious cocktail. But if you're not in the mood 
		 to get zoinked, this clone recipe is also a great way to kick  
      up your tomato juice, just for drinking straight. 
      1 46-ounce 
		can tomato juice 
      4 tablespoons lime juice 
      3 tablespoons juice from canned jalapenos (nacho slices) 
      3 tablespoons vinegar 
      2 tablespoons sugar 
      2 teaspoons prepared horseradish 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon pepper 
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder 
      dash garlic 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a 2-quart pitcher. Store covered 
		 in the refrigerator. 
      2. Directions for mixing a drink, as per the original mix: "Add 
		 3 parts Mr & Mrs T Rich & Spicy Bloody Mary Mix to 1 part vodka, 
		 gin, rum or tequila, over ice. Mr & Mrs T Rich & Spicy Bloody  
      Mary Mix is also delicious by itself. Simply pour over ice and  
      serve." 
      Makes 52 ounces. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS FIELDS' 
		APPLE OATMEAL COOKIES 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  Flour 
      1 c  Quick oats (not instant) 
    1/2 ts Salt 
      1 ts Soda 
      1 ts Cinnamon 
    1/4 ts Cloves 
      2 ts Grated lemon zest 
      1 c  Dark brown sugar, packed 
    3/4 c  Butter 
      1 lg Egg 
    1/2 c  Unsweetened applesauce 
    1/2 c  Honey 
      1 c  Fresh apple, peeled and 
           Finely chopped (1 
		med apple) 
      1 c  Raisins (6 oz) 
           Topping: 
    1/2 c  Quick oats 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300*F. 
      In a medium bowl combine flour, oats, salt, soda, 
		cinnamon, 
  cloves and lemon zest. Mix well and set aside. Cream sugar and butter 
  together in a large bowl using an electric mixer. Add egg, applesauce 
  and honey and beat at medium speed until smooth.  Add the flour 
  mixture, fresh apple and raisins, and blend at low speed until just 
  combined. Dough will be quite soft.  Drop by rounded tablespoons 
		onto 
  ungreased baking sheets, 1 1/2 inches apart.  If you wish, sprinkle 
  cookies with oats. Bake 23-25 minutes or until bottoms are golden. 
  
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      Recipe By     
		: 
      Serving Size  : 48   Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Cookies 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1 3/4  c             
		Quick oats 
   1 1/2  c             
		Flour 
   1      tsp           
		Baking powder 
     1/2  tsp           
		Soda 
     1/2  tsp           
		Salt 
   1      tsp           
		Cinnamon 
     1/2  tsp           
		Nutmeg 
   1      c             
		Lt brown sugar -- packed 
     1/2  c             
		Sugar 
     1/2  c             
		Butter -- softened 
   1      lg            
		Egg 
     3/4  c             
		Applesauce 
   1      c             
		Semisweet chocolate chips 
   1      c             
		Raisins 
   1      c             
		Chopped walnuts 
      Preheat oven 
		to 375*F. 
      In a medium bowl combine oats, flour, baking powder, soda, salt, cinnamon 
		and nutmeg.  Mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. In a large 
		bowl combine sugars with an electric mixer at medium speed. Add butter 
		and beat to form a grainy paste.  Add egg and applesauce, and blend 
		until smooth. Add the flour mixture, chocolate chips, raisins and 
		walnuts. Blend at low speed just until combined. Drop dough by 
		tablespoons onto lightly greased baking sheets, 2 inches apart. Bake 
		12-14 minutes or until light brown. Immediately transfer cookies with a 
		spatula to a cool flat surface. 
      Mrs Fields 
		Apricot Nectar Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
        2 3/4 
		c  All-purpose flour 
      1 ts Baking soda 
    3/4 c  White sugar 
    1/4 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
      1 c  Salted butter; softened 
      1 lg Egg 
    1/4 c  Apricot nectar 
    1/2 c  Apricot preserves 
    1/4 c  Dried apricots; chopped 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300-degrees.  In a medium bo wl combine flour and 
		baking 
  soda.  Mix well with a wire wish and set aside. 
     In a large bowl blend sugars with an electric mixer at 
		medium speed. Add 
  butter and mix to form a grainy paste. Scrape down sides of bowl. Then 
		add 
  egg, apricot nectar and apricot preserves; beat at medium speed until 
  smooth. Add the flour mixture and apricots, and blend on low just until 
  combined. Do not overmix. 
      Drop by rounded tablespoonfuls onto ungreased 
		baking sheets 1-1/2 
  inches apart.  Bake 22-24 minutes or until cookies just begin to 
		brown at 
  bottom edges. Remove from oven and let cookies cool on baking sheet 5 
  minutes before transferring to a cool flat surface with spatula. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Banana Nut Cookies 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 48   Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Cookies 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   2 2/3  C             
		FLOUR 
     1/2  Tsp           
		SODA 
     1/4  Tsp           
		SALT 
   1      C             
		LT BROWN SUGAR -- PACKED 
     1/2  C             
		SUGAR 
   1      C             
		BUTTER -- SOFTENED 
   1      Lg            
		EGG 
   1      Tsp           
		BANANA LIQUEUR OR EXTRACT 
     3/4  c             
		MASHED RIPE BANANA 
   2      c             
		SEMISWEET CHOCOLATE CHIPS 
   1      c             
		CHOPPED WALNUTS 
      PREHEAT OVEN 
		TO 300*F.  IN  A MEDIUM BOWL, COMBINE FLOUR, SODA AND SALT. 
      MIX WELL AND SET ASIDE. IN A LARGE BOWL WITH AN EXLECTRIC MIXER, BLEND 
      SUGARS AT MEDIUM SPEED. ADD BUTTER AND MIX TO FORM A GRAINY PASTE, 
		SCRAPING 
      DOWN THE SIDES OF THE BOWL.  ADD EGG, LIQUEUR AND BANANA, AND BEAT AT 
      MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL SMOOTH. ADD THE FLOUR MIXTURE, 1 CUP OF THE CHOCOLATE 
      CHIPS AND THE WALNUTS AND BLEND AT LOW SPEED UNTIL JUST COMBINED. DROP BY 
      ROUNDED TABLESPOONS ONTO UNGREASED COOKIE SHEETS, 2 INCHES APART. SPRINKLE 
      COOKIES WITH CHOCOLATE CHIPS, 6 TO 8 PER COOKIE. BAKE 25-27 MINUTES UNTIL 
      COOKIE EDGES BEGIN TO BROWN. TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY TO A COOL SURFACE. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Black 
		and Whites 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
        2 1/4 
		c  All purpose flour 
    1/2 c  Unsweetened cocoa powder 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
    3/4 c  White sugar 
      1 c  Salted butter; soft 
      3 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Pure vanilla extract 
  5 1/4 oz Semisweet chocolate bar 
           - coarsely chop 
  5 1/4 oz White chocolate bar; 
           -coarsely chop 
  
          
		Preheat oven to 300 degrees (yes, it says 300)   In a medium 
		bowl combine 
  flour, cocoa, soda and salt. Mix well with a wire whisk. Set aside. Blend 
  sugars in a large bowl using an electric mixer set at medium speed. Add 
  butter and mix to form a grainy paste, scraping down the sides of the 
		bowl. 
  Add eggs and vanilla, and beat at medium speed until smooth. Add the 
		flour 
  mixture and chocolates, and blend at low speed until just combined. Do 
		not 
  overmix.    Drop by rounded tablespoons onto ungreased 
		cookie sheets, 2 
  inches apart. Bake 23-25 minutes. Transfer cookies immediately to a cool 
  flat surface. Yield: 3 dozen. 
   *NOTE: I just made her oatmeal cookies, also 300 degrees for 23-25 
		minutes 
  and found I had to leave them in the oven a little longer. 
      MRS FIELDS' 
		BLACK AND WHITES 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
        2 1/4 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 c  Cocoa powder 
    1/2 ts Soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 c  Dark brown sugar, packed 
    3/4 c  Sugar 
      1 c  Butter, softened 
      3 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla extract 
      1 c  Semisweet chocolate bar 
           Coarsely chopped (5 
		1/4 oz) 
      1 c  White chocolate bar 
           Coarsely chopped (5 
		1/4 oz) 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300*F.  In a medium bowl combine flour, cocoa, 
  soda and salt. Mix well and set aside. 
     Blend sugars in a large bowl using an electric mixer 
		set at medium 
  speed.  Add butter and mix to form a grainy paste, scraping down 
  sides of bowl.  Add eggs and vanilla, and beat at medium speed until 
  smooth. Add the flour mixture and chocolates, and blend at low speed 
  until just combined. Drop by rounded tablespoons onto ungreased 
  cookie sheets, 2 in apart. Bake 23-25 min. Transfer to cooling rack. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields Butterscotch Pecan Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 30 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
  1 1/2 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
      1 c  Butter; softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla extract 
      1 c  Chopped pecans (4 oz) 
      1 c  Whole pecans (3 oz) 
           Caramel glaze: 
      8 oz Caramels 
    1/4 c  Heavy cream 
  
        
		PREHEAT OVEN TO 300*F. IN A BOWL COMBINE FLOUR, SODA AND SALT. MIX WELL 
  AND SET ASIDE. IN A LARGE BOWL WITH ELECTRIC MIXER, BEAT SUGAR AND 
		BUTTER. 
  MIX TO FORM A GRAINY PASTE, SCRAPING DOWN THE SIDES OF THE BOWL. ADD EGGS 
  AND VANILLA, AND BEAT AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL SOFT AND LUMPY (?). ADD THE 
  FLOUR MIXTURE AND CHOPPED PECANS JUST UNTIL COMBINED. DROP DOUGH BY 
  ROUNDED TABLESPOONS 2 INCHES APART ONTO AND UNGREASED COOKIE SHEETS. 
		PLACE 
  1 WHOLE PECAN IN CENTER OF EACH COOKIE. BAKE 23-25 MINUTES OR UNTIL 
		COOKIE 
  EDGES BEGIN TO BROWN LIGHTLY. TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY TO COOL, FLAT SURFACE 
  WITH A SPATULA. 
  TO PREPARE THE CARAMEL GLAZE: MELT THE CARAMELS WITH THE CREAM IN A SMALL 
  SAUCEPAN OVER LOW HEAT. STIR WITH A SPOON UNTIL SMOOTH. REMOVE FROM HEAT. 
  DRIZZLE COOLED COOKIES WITH THE CARAMEL GLAZE IN DESIRED PATTERN USING A 
  SPOON OR FORK. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Carrot Fruit Jumbles 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  Flour 
      1 ts Soda 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
    1/2 ts Ground cloves 
      2 ts Cinnamon 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 c  Quick oats (not instant) 
    3/4 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
    3/4 c  Sugar 
      1 c  Butter; softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla extract 
      2 c  Grated carrots (2-3 medium 
           Carrots) 
    1/2 c  Crushed pineapple; drained 
      1 c  Chopped walnuts (4 oz) 
  
          
		Preheat oven to 350*f. In a medium bowl combine flour, soda, baking 
  powder, cloves, cinnamon, salt and oats. Mix well with a wire whisk and 
		set 
  aside. In a large bowl with an electric mixer, blend sugars. Add butter 
		and 
  mix to form a grainy paste. Scrape down sides of bowl. Add eggs and 
		vanilla 
  and beat at medium speed until light and fluffy.. Add carrots, pineapple 
  and nuts, and blend until combined. Batter will appear lumpy. Add flour 
  mixture and blend at low speed until just combined. Drop by rounded 
  teaspoonfuls onto ungreased baking sheets, 1 1/2 inches apart. Bake 13-15 
  minutes, taking care not to brown cookies. Immediately transfer cookies 
  with a spatula to a cool, flat surface. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields Cashew and Coconut Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 30 servings 
  
        2 1/4 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    3/4 c  Light brown sugar 
    1/2 c  Sugar 
    3/4 c  Butter; softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla 
    1/2 c  Sweetened shredded coconut 
      1 c  Chopped raw cashews; 
           -unsalted 
      1 c  Chopped dates 
    1/4 c  Sweetened shredded coconut 
           Reserved for 
		topping 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 300*F. In a medium bowl combine flour, soda and salt. 
  Mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. In a medium bowl combine sugars 
  with an electric mixer at medium speed. Add butter and mix to form a 
		grainy 
  paste. Add eggs and vanilla, and beat until smooth. Add flour mixture, 
  coconut, cashews and dates. Blend at low speed just until combined. Drop 
		by 
  rounded tablespoonfuls onto ungreased baking sheets, 2 inches apart. 
  Sprinkle tops lightly with reserved coconut. Bake for 23-25 minutes or 
  until bottoms turn golden brown. With a spatula, transfer to a cool, flat 
  surface. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Chocolate Chip Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 112 servings 
  
            
		2 c  Butter 
      2 c  Sugar 
      2 c  Brown suga 
      4    Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla 
      4 c  Flour 
      5 c  Oatmeal flour* 
      1 ts Salt 
      2 ts Baking powder 
      2 ts Baking soda 
     24 oz Chocolate chips 
      3 c  Chopped nuts 
      8 oz Hershey bar(grated) 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 375 F. Cream butter and sugars together, add flour, 
  oatmeal powder, salt, baking powder, and baking soda. Then add chips, 
  chocolate and nuts. Bake on ungreased coolkie sheet, golf-ball sized 
		dough, 
  2 inches apart,for 6 minutes. Makes 112 cookies OATMEAL POWDER- 
		Premeasure 
  5 cups oatmeal. Put in blender or processor, and grind until powdered. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Chocolate Mint Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
        2 2/3 
		c  All-purpose flour 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 c  Unsweetened cocoa powder 
    3/4 c  Light brown sugar; packed 
    2/3 c  White sugar 
      1 c  Salted butter; softened 
      3 lg Eggs 
      1 ts Pure mint extract 
     10 oz Mint chocolate chips 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300-degrees.  In a medium bowl combine flour, soda, 
		salt 
  and cocoa powder.  Mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. 
      In a large bowl blend sugars with an electric 
		mixer at medium speed. 
  Add butter and beat to form a grainy paste. Scrape sides of bow, then add 
  eggs and mint extract.  Beat at medium speed until light and fluffy. 
		Add 
  the flour mixture and chocolate chips, and blend at low spead just until 
  combined.  Do not overmix  Drop dough by rounded 
		tablespoonsfuls onto 
  ungreased cookie sheets, 1-1/2 inches apart. 
      Bake for 19-21 miuntes.  Immediately 
		transfer cookies with a spatula to 
  a cool, flat surface.        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS 
		FIELDS CHOCOLATE RAISIN COOKIES 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
            
		1 c  BUTTER,DIVIDED 
      2 oz UNSWEETENED BAKING CHOCOLATE 
  2 1/4 c  FLOUR 
    1/2 ts SODA 
    1/4 ts SALT 
      1 c  DARK BROWN SUGAR, PACKED 
    1/2 c  SUGAR 
      2 lg EGGS 
      2 ts VANILLA EXTRACT 
  1 1/2 c  RAISINS 
      1 c  SEMISWEET CHOCOLATE CHIPS 
  
            
		PREHEAT OVEN TO 300*F. IN A DOUBLE-BOILER OVER HOT BUT NOT BOILING 
  WATER, MELT 1/2 CUP BUTTER AND THE CHOCOLAT. REMOVE FROM HEAT AND SET 
  ASIDE.  IN  MEDIUM BOWL, COMBINE FLOUR, SODA AND SALT. IN A 
		LARGE 
  BOWL WITH AN ELECTRIC MIXER  BLEND SUGARS AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL 
  FLUFFY. ADD THE REMAINING 1/2 CUP BUTTER AND MIX TO FORM A GRAINY 
  PASTE, SCRAPING DOWN THE SIDES OF THE BOWL. ADD EGGS AND VANILLA, AND 
  BEAT AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL LIGHT AND FLUFFY. ADD MELTED CHOCOLATE AND 
  BLEND UNTIL THOROUGHLY COMBINED. ADD THE FLOUR MIXTURE, RAISINS AND 
  CHOCOLATE CHIPS. BLEND JUST UNTIL COMBINED. DROP BY ROUNDED 
  TABLESPOONS ONTO UNGREASED BAKING SHEETS 2 INCHES APART. BAKE FOR 
  20-22 MIN OR UNTIL SET. TRANSFER TO COOL, FLAT SURFACE IMMEDIATELY 
  WITH A SPATULA. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Choconut Macaroons 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 20 servings 
  
          
		1/4 c  Sugar 
      2 tb Pure almond paste 
      1 c  Shredded sweetened coconut 
    1/3 c  Mini semisweet choc chips 
      3 lg Egg whites 
    1/2 ts Cream of tartar 
  
        
		Preheat oven to 325d F.  Combine almond paste and sugar in a medium 
		bowl. 
  Using 
  your fingers, work paste into sugar completely. Add coconut and chocolate 
  chips 
  and stir to combine. In a clean medium-sized bowl beat egg whites until 
  fluffy 
  using absolutely clean beaters. Add cream of tartar and beat on high 
		until 
  stiff 
  peaks form. Add half of beaten egg whites to coconut mixture and combine 
  to 
  lighten.  Fold in remaining whites gently being careful not to 
		deflate. 
  Drop by rounded teaspoons onto lightly greased cookie sheets. Bake 20 
  minutes 
  until tops are lightly browned. Cool 1 minute on cookie sheets before 
  transferring cookies to a cool surface.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Cinnamon Maple Rings 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
            
		2 c  All-purpose flour 
    1/4 c  Sugar 
      1 c  Butter; chilled 
           Sliced into 8 
		pieces 
    1/4 c  Maple syrup; chilled 
      2 tb Ice water; or as needed 
           Filling: 
    1/4 c  Sugar 
      4 ts Ground cinnamon 
           Topping: 
    1/4 c  Maple syrup 
  
        
		Recipe by: Ruth Burkhardt (KKBG35A) 
        Combine flour and sugar in a medium 
		bowl using an electric mixer set 
  on medium speed.  Add butter and mix until the dough forms small, 
		pea-sized 
  pellets. Add chilled maple syrup and 2 Tbl water, and mix on low speed 
  until dough can be formed into a ball, do not overmix or the dough will 
		be 
  tough!  Separate dough into 2 balls andflatten into disks. Wrap 
		dough 
  tightly in plastic wrap or place in plastice bags. Refrigerate for 2 hrs. 
  To Prepare the Filling: Combine the sugar and cinnamon in a small bowl. 
        Preheat oven to 325d F. Using a 
		floured rolling pin on a floured 
  board, roll one piece of dough into a rough rectangle 10 inches wide, 15 
  inches long, and 1/8 inch thick. Sprinkle dough with half of the 
  cinnamon-sugar filling. Starting with smaller side, roll dough up tightly 
  into a cylinder. Wrap each roll in plastic wrap and refrigerate for 1 
		hour. 
        Using a sharp thin knife, cut 1/4 
		inch slices from each roll. Place 
  slices on ungreased baking sheets, 1 inch apart. Brush tips lightly with 
  1/4 cup maple syrup. Bake for 16-17 minutes or until light golden brown. 
  Immediately transfer cookies to a cool, flat surface. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Gingersnaps 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 30 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      2 ts Ginger 
      1 ts Crystallized ginger; diced 
    1/2 ts Allspice 
    1/2 ts Black pepper 
  1 1/4 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
    3/4 c  Butter; softened 
      1 lg Egg 
    1/4 c  Unsulfured molasses 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300d F.  In a medium bowl combine flour, soda, 
		salt, 
  ginger, crystallized ginger, allspice and pepper. Mix well and set aside. 
  In a large bowl, mix sugar and butter with an electric mixer set at 
		medium 
  speed. Scrape down sides of the bowl. Add egg and molasses, beat at 
		medium 
  speed until light and fluffy. Add the flour mixture and mix at low speed 
  just until combined.  Chill the dough in the refrigerator for 1 
		hour--the 
  dough well be less sticky and easier to handle. Form dough into balls 1 
  inch in diameter. Place onto ungreased cookie sheets, 1 1/2 inches apart. 
  Bake 24-25 minutes.  Use a spatula to immediately transfer cookies 
		to a 
  cool, flat surface. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Krispies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
            
		2 c  Flour 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 ts Soda 
    1/2 c  Dark brown sugar, packed 
    1/2 c  Sugar 
    3/4 c  Butter, softened 
      1 lg Egg 
      2 ts Vanilla extract 
      1 c  Crispy rice chocolate bar 
           Coarsely chopped 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 300*F. In a medium bowl combine flour, salt and 
  soda. Mix well and set aside.  In a large bowl blend sugars with an 
  electric mixer at medium speed. Add butter and mix to form a grainy 
  paste. Scrape down sides of bowl and add egg and vanilla. Beat at 
  medium speed until light and fluffy. Add flour mixture, rice cereal 
  and chocolate chunks. Blend at low speed just until blended.  Drop 
		by 
  rounded tablespoons onto ungreased cookie sheet 2inches apart. Bake 
  for 22-24 minutes. Immediately transfer cookies to a cool flat 
  surface. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Lacy Oatmeal Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 96 servings 
  
            
		1 c  Rolled oats; quick-cooking 
    1/4 c  All-purpose flour 
    1/2 ts Salt 
  1 1/2 ts Baking powder 
      1 c  Granulated sugar 
    1/2 c  Butter; softened 
      1    Egg 
      1 ts Vanilla extract 
  
        
		Recipe by: Mrs. Fields Cookie Book 
       Preheat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking 
		sheets with foil, then coat 
  with nonstick cooking spray.  In a medium bowl, combine the oats, 
		flour, 
  salt and baking powder; mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. In a 
  large bowl, combine the sugar and butter with an electric mixer on medium 
  speed to form a grainy paste.  Add the egg and vanilla extract; beat 
		until 
  smooth.  Add the flour mixture and blend just until combined. 
       Drop the dough by teaspoonfuls 2 1/2 inches 
		apart onto the cookie 
  sheets. Bake for 10 to 12 minutes, or until the edges begin to turn 
		golden 
  brown.  Let cool, then peel the cookies from the foil with your 
		fingers. Be 
  sure to respray the cookie sheets between batches. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields' Lemon Chocolate Chip Buttons 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
            
		2 c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Soda 
      1 ts Ground coriander 
    3/4 c  Butter, softened 
      1 c  Sugar 
      2 lg Eggs 
  1 1/2 ts Lemon extract 
  1 1/2 c  Miniature chocolate chips 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 300* F.  In a medium bowl combine flour, soda and 
  coriander with a wire whisk, set aside. In a large bowl cream butter 
  and sugar with an electric mixer at medium speed to form a grainy 
  paste. Add eggs and lemon extract, and beat well. Scrape down sides 
  of bowl. Add the flour mixture and the chocolate chips, and blend at 
  low speed just until combined.  Drop dough by teaspoons onto 
  ungreased baking sheets, 1 1/2 inches apart.  Bake for 14-15 minutes 
  on center rack of oven. Do not brown. Immediately transfer with a 
  spatula to a cool surface. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS FIELDS 
		LEMON MACADAMIA COOKIES 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 36   Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Cookies 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   2       c            
		FLOUR 
     1/2   ts           
		BAKING SODA 
     1/4   ts           
		SALT 
   1       c            
		LT BROWN SUGAR,PACKED 
     1/2   c            
		SUGAR 
     1/2   c            
		BUTTER, SOFTENED 
   4       oz           
		CREAM CHEESE, SOFTENED 
   1       lg           
		EGG 
   1       t            
		LEMON EXTRACT 
   1 1/2   c            
		MACADAMIA NUTS, UNSALTED 
          
		-PREHEAT OVEN TO 300* F. IN A MEDIUM BOWL COMBINE FLOUR, SODA AND 
  SALT. MIX WELL AND SET ASIDE. IN A LARGE BOWL BLEND SUGARS WELL WITH 
  AN ELECTRIC MIXER SET AT MED SPEED. ADD THE BUTTER AND CREAM CHEESE, 
  AND MIX TO FORM A SMOOTH PASTE. ADD THE EGG AND LEMON EXTRACT, AND 
  BEAT AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL LIGHT AND SOFT. SCRAPE DOWN SIDES OF BOWL 
  OCCASIONALLY. ADD THE FLOUR MIXTURE AND NUTS. BLEND AT LOW SPEED JUST 
  UNTIL COMBINED. DO NOT OVERMIX. DROP BY ROUNDED TABLESPOONS ONTO 
  UNGREASED COOKIE SHEETS, 2 INCHES APART. BAKE 23-25 MIN. IMMEDIATELY 
  TRANSFER TO A COOL FLAT SURFACE. YIELD APPROX 3 DOZEN 
          
          
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields Lemon Poppy Seed Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
            
		2 c  All-purpose flour 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
  1 1/2 ts Freshly grated lemon zest 
      1 ts Ground corriander 
      2 tb Poppy seeds 
    1/4 c  Salted butter; softened 
      1 c  White sugar 
      2 lg Egg yolks 
      1 lg Egg 
  1 1/2 ts Pure lemon extract 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300-degrees F. In a medium bowl combine flour, baking 
  soda, lemon zest coriander and poppyseeds. Mix well with a wire whisk and 
  set aside. 
     In a large bowl cream butter and sugar with electric 
		mixer at medium 
  speed until mixture forms a grainy paste. Scrape down sidw of bowl, then 
  add yolks, egg and lemon extract. Beat at medium speed until light and 
  fluffy. Add the flour mixture and mix at low speed just until combined. 
		Do 
  not overmix. 
     Drop by rounded tablespoons onto ungreased cookie 
		sheets, 2 inches 
  apart. Bake for 23-25 minutes until cookies are slightly brown along 
		edges. 
  Immediately transfer cookies with a spatula to a cool surface. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Linzer 
		Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 24 servings 
  
                 
		Cookies 
  1 1/2 c  Flour 
    1/2 c  Ground almonds 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 ts Cinnamon 
    3/4 c  Butter; softened 
    3/4 c  Sugar 
      2    Egg yolks 
      1 ts Vanilla 
      1 ts Almond extract 
           Filling: 
    1/2 c  Raspberry jam 
      1 ts Grated lemon peel 
           Topping 
    1/4 c  Confectioners' sugar 
    1/2 c  Sliced almonds (2 oz) 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 300d F.  In medium bowl combine flour, almonds, 
		baking 
  powder, salt and cinnamon with wire whisk. In large bowl with an electric 
  mixer cream butter and sugar. Add egg yolks, the vanilla and almond 
  extracts, and beat at medium speed until light and fluffy. Add the flour 
  mixture and blend at low speed until just combined. Roll dough into 1 1/2 
  inch balls. Place 2 inches apart on ungreased baking sheet. With index 
  finger press an indentation in center of each ball to hold filling. 
  
   
            
		Bake 22-24 minutes or until just golden brown on bottom. Transfer 
  cookies to a cool,, flat surface. In a small bowl combine jam and grated 
  lemon peel. Place 1/2 teaspoon of filling mixture in center of cooled 
  cookie. If you wish to add an extra decorative touch, sift confectioners' 
  sugar over cookies and place sliced almonds in the jam filling. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Malted Milk Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 42 servings 
  
          
		1/8 c  All purpose flour 
    3/4 c  Plain malted milk powder 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 c  White sugar 
    1/2 c  Light brown sugar; firmly 
      1 c  Salted butter; softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Pure vanilla extract 
      2 tb Sweetened condensed milk 
     12 oz Milk choc. chips 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300. In medium bowl combine flour, malted milk powder, 
  soda and salt. Mix well with a wire whisk. Set aside Blend sugars in a 
  large bowl using an electric mixer set at medium speed. Add butter and 
		mix, 
  occasionally scraping down the sides of the bowl. Add the eggs, vanilla 
		and 
  condensed milk, and beat at medium speed until light and fluffy. Add the 
  flour mixture and choc. chips, and blend at low speed until just 
		combined. 
  Do not overmix. 
      Drop by rounded tablespoons onto ungreased cookie 
		sheets, 2 inches 
  apart. Bake 24-25 minutes until cookies are slightly brown along the 
		edges. 
  Transfer cookies immediately to a cool surface with a spatula. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Maple Pecan Butterballs 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 24 servings 
  
        1 1/4 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Soda 
      1 ts Cinnamon 
    3/4 c  Pecans; finely ground in 
           Food processor or 
		blender 
    1/2 c  Butter; softened 
    2/3 c  Sugar 
    1/4 c  Maple syrup 
      1 lg Egg 
  
        
		Recipe by: Ruth Burkhardt (KKBG35A) 
      Preheat oven to 300d F.  In a medium bowl 
		combine flour, soda, cinnamon 
  and finely ground pecans.  For extra flavor, saute pecans in 1 Tbl 
		butter 
  until slightly browned. Mix ingredients well with a wire whisk and set 
  aside.  In a medium bowl cream butter and sugar with an electric 
		mixer 
  until mixture forms a grainy paste. Add syrup and egg and beat until 
  slightly thickened.  Add the flour mixture and blend at low speed 
		just 
  until combined. Place dough in plastic bag and refrigerate until firm, 
  about 1 hour. Remove dough from refrigerator and shape into 1-inch balls. 
  Place cookies on ungreased cookie sheets 1 inch apart. Bake 17-18 minutes 
  or until cookie bottoms are golden brown. Immediately transfer to a cool, 
  flat surface. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Marbles 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 30 servings 
  
            
		2 c  All purpose flour 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 c  Light brown sugar 
    1/2 c  White sugar 
    1/2 c  Salted butter; softened 
           Egg 
    1/2 c  Sour cream 
      1 ts Vanilla 
      1 c  Chocolate chips 
  
            
		Preheat oven 300. In med bowl, combine flour, baking powder, and salt 
  with wire whisk. Set aside. Combine sugars in a lg bowl using an electric 
  mixer set at med speed. Add butter and beat until batter is grainy. Add 
  egg, sour cream, and vanilla, and beat at med speed until light and 
		fluffy. 
  Scrape bowl. Add flour mixture and blend at low speed until just 
		combined. 
  Do not overmix. 
      Place chocolate chips in double boiler over hot 
		but not boiling water. 
  Stir constantly until melted. OR, microwave, stirring every 20 sec until 
  melted. Cool chocolate for a few minutes and pour over cookie batter. 
		Using 
  a wooden spoon or rubber spatula, lightly fold melted chocolate into the 
  dough. Do not mix chocolate completely into cookie dough. Drop by rounded 
  T's, 2" apart, onto ungreased cookie sheets. Bake 23-25 mins. Do not 
		brown. 
  Quickly transfer cookie to a cool surface. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Mocha Chunk Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 48 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  All-purpose flour 
    1/3 c  Unsweetened cocoa powder 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      2 ts Instant coffee crystals 
           - (french roast or 
		other 
           Coffee) 
      2 ts Coffee liqueur 
      1 c  White sugar 
    3/4 c  Dark brown sugar; packed 
      1 c  Salted butter; softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
     10 oz Semisweet chocolate bar 
           - coarsely chopped 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 300 degrees. In a medium bowl combine flour, cocoa, 
  soda and salt. Mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. In a small bowl 
  dissolve coffee crystals in coffee liqueur and set aside. In a large bowl 
  blend sugars with an electric mixer at medium speed. Add butter and mix 
		to 
  form a grainy paste. Scrape adown sides of bowl. Then add eggs and 
  dissolved coffee crystals, and beat at medium speed until smooth. Add the 
  flour mixture and chocolate chunks, and blend at low speed just until 
  combined. Do not overmix. 
       Drop by rounded tablespoonfuls onto 
		ungreased cookie sheet, 2 inches 
  apart. Bake for 23-25 minutes. Immediately transfer cookies with a 
		spatula 
  to a cool, flat surface.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS 
		FIELDS NUTTY WHITE CHUNK COOKIES 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
        2 1/4 
		c  FLOUR 
    1/2 ts SODA 
    1/4 ts SALT 
      1 c  LT BROWN SUGAR, PACKED 
    1/2 c  SUGAR 
    3/4 c  BUTTER, SOFTENED 
      2 lg EGGS 
      2 ts VANILLA EXTRACT 
      1 c  PECANS, CHOPPED  (4 0Z) 
  1 1/2 c  WHITE CHOCOLATE BAR (8 OZ) 
           COARSELY CHOPPED 
  
            
		PREHEAT OVEN TO 300* F. IN A MEDIUM BOWL COMBINE FLOUR, SODA AND 
  SALT MIX WELL AND SET ASIDE.  IN A LARGE BOWL WITH AN ELECTRIC MIXER 
  BLEND SUGARS AT MEDIUM SPEED. ADD BUTTER AND MIX TO FORM A GRAINY 
  PASTE, SCRAPING DOWN THE SIDES OF BOWL.  ADD EGGS AND VANILLA AND 
  BEAT AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL LIGHT AND FLUFFY. ADD THE FLOUR MIXTURE, 
  PECANS AND WHITE CHOCOLATE AND BLEND ON LOW SPEED UNTIL JUST 
  COMBINED. DROP BY ROUNDED TABLESPOONS ONTO UNGREASED COOKIE SHEETS, 2 
  INCHES APART. BAKE 20-22 MIN. OR UNTIL EDGES JUST BEGIN TO TURN 
  GOLDEN BROWN. TRANSFER COOKIES TO A COOL FLAT SURFACE. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields' Orange Chocolate Chunk Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
        2 1/2 
		c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/4 ts Salt 
      1 ts Grated orange peel 
      1 c  Sugar 
    1/2 c  Light brown sugar, packed 
      1 c  Butter, softened 
      2 lg Eggs 
      1 ts Orange extract 
  1 1/2 c  Semisweet chocolate bar 
           Coarsely chopped  
		(8 oz) 
  
             
		Preheat oven to 300*F.  In a medium bowl combine flour, soda, 
  salt and orange peel.  Mix well and set aside. In a large bowl blend 
  sugars with electric mixer at medium speed. Add butter and beat to 
  form a grainy paste, scraping sides of bowl as needed.  Add eggs and 
  orange extract, and beat at medium speed until light and fluffy. Add 
  the flour mixture and chopped chocolate.  Blend on low speed just 
  until mixed. Drop by rounded tablespoons onto ungreased cookie 
  sheets, 1 1/2 inches apart. Bake for 22-24 minutes until cookies are 
  slightly brown along the edges. Transfer cookies immediately to a 
  cool surface. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Original Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 30 servings 
  
          
		1/2 c  Butter 
    1/2 c  Sugar 
    1/2 c  Brown sugar 
      1    Egg 
    1/2 ts Vanilla 
  1 1/4 c  Oatmeal 
      2 oz Plain hershey bar 
      1 c  Flour 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
      6 oz Chocolate chips 
  
           
		Put oatmeal in blender, blend till powder, set aside. Grate hershey bar 
  in blender or by hand, set aside. 
     Cream together butter, sugar and brown sugar.  In 
		large bowl, mix 
  oatmeal, flour, salt, baking powder, and baking soda. Blend in butter and 
  sugar mix to dry ingredients. Add chocolate chips and grated hershey bar. 
      Make golfball size cookies, bake on ungreased 
		cookie sheet for 6 
  minutes at 375 degrees. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Party Time Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
          
		3/4 c  Salted butter; soft 
    1/3 c  Sugar 
      1 ts Vanilla 
    1/3 ts Almond extract 
      1 c  Flour 
      1 c  Semisweet chocolate chips 
      1 c  Slivered almonds 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 350 F. Cream butter and sugar together in a medium bowl 
  using an electric mixer set at medium speed. Add extracts and beat well. 
  Scrape bowl. Add flour, chocolate chips and almonds, and blend on low 
		speed 
  until just combined. Do Not Overmix. Shape rounded tablespoonsful into 1 
  1/2 inch balls and place on ungreased baking sheets, 2 inches apart. 
		Press 
  balls with palm of hands or bottom of drinking glass into 1/2 inch thick 
  rounds. Bakes 15-17 minutes or until cookies just begin to brown. 
		Transfer 
  cookies to a cool, flat surface. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs 
		Fields Peanut Butter Chocolate Bars 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 24 servings 
  
            
		8 md Butter cookies 
    1/4 c  Salted butter; melted 
           Chocolate layers: 
  2 1/2 c  Milk choc chips(15 oz) 
           Peanut butter 
		filling: 
  1 1/2 c  Creamy peanut butter 
    1/2 c  Salted butter; softened 
      3 c  Confectioners' sugar 
      2 ts Pure vanilla extract 
  
           
		*Crush cookies until finely ground. Add butter & mix. Press crumb 
  mixture into bottom of 8x8 baking pan & bake 10 mins. at 325 F. Cool to 
  room temperature. *Melt chocolate. Pour half into pan & smooth evenly 
		over 
  crust. Place pan in refrigerator. Keep remaining choc. warm. *Blend 
		peanut 
  butter & butter together until smooth using electric mixer. Slowly beat 
		in 
  confectioners' sugar & vanilla. Beat until smooth. Spread mixture over 
  chilled chocolate layer. Pour remaining warm chocolate over top & spread 
  smoothly. Chill in refrigerator one hour. Yields 24-36 bars. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		Peanut Butter Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
            
		2 ts Vanilla 
      1 c  Peanut butter; creamy 
      3    Eggs 
      1 c  Butter; softened 
  1 1/4 c  Sugar 
  1 1/4 c  Dark brown sugar 
    1/4 ts Salt 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
      2 c  Flour 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300 degrees. In a medium bowl, combine flour, soda, and 
  salt.  Mix well with a wire whisk. In a large bowl, blend sugars 
		using a 
  mixer at medium speed. Add butter and mix to form a grainy paste. Add 
		eggs, 
  peanut butter, and vanilla.  Mix at medium speed until light and 
		fluffy. 
  Add the flour mixture and mix at low speed until just mixed. (Do not 
  overmix). Drop by rounded tablespoons onto an ungreased cookie sheet, 1 
		1/2 
  inches apart. With a wet fork, gently press a crisscross pattern on top 
		of 
  the cookies. 
     Bake for 8-22 minutes until cookies are slightly brown 
		along the edges. 
  Transfer cookies immediately to cool surface with a spatula 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Mrs Fields Peanut Butter Cream -Filled Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Snacks, Peanut butt 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
                 
		Mmmm---------------- 
           
		-----------cookies----- 
  1 1/2 c  All-purpose flour 
    1/2 ts Baking soda 
    1/2 ts Ground cinnamon 
      1 c  Quick oats (not instant) 
      1 c  Light brown sugar, firmly 
           - packed 
    1/2 c  Salted butter, softened 
      1 lg Egg 
      1 ts Pure vanilla extract 
           
		Mmmmm--------------- 
           
		------------filling---- -- ? 
    3/4 c  Smooth peanut butter 
    1/4 c  Salted butter, softened 
      2 tb Half-and-half 
      1 ts Pure vanilla extract 
  1 1/2 c  Confectioners sugar 
  
          
		Preheat overn to 325-degrees F.      In medium 
		bowl combine flour, soda, 
  cinnamon and oats.  Mix well with   a whire whisk.  
		Set aside.      Cream 
  sugar and butter in a large bowl using an electric mixer set at   
		medium 
  speed.  Add the flour-oat mixture, and blend at low speed   
		until just 
  combined.  Do not overmix.      Separate 
		dough into two balls, flatten 
  them into disks, and wrap each   tightly in plastic wrap or a 
		plastic bag. 
   Chill 1 hour.      On floured board using 
		a floured rolling pin, roll out 
  one disk to   1/4 inch thickness.  Cut cookies with a 
		2-inch round fluted 
  cookie   cutter dipped in flour.  Repeat procedure with 
		the second disk, 
  reworking scraps until all the dough is used.  Bake cookies on   
		ungreased 
  baking sheets 1/2 inch aprt for 13-15 minutes or until   
		bottoms turn 
  light brown.  Transfer immediately to a cool, flat   
		surface with a 
  spatula.      When cookies are cool, spread 1 
		tablespoon of peanut butter 
  filling   on the bottom side of a cookies.  Top with 
		another cookie-bottom 
  side   toward the filling-to make a sandwich.  Repeat with 
		the remaining 
  cookies and filling      :       
		Yield: 3 1/2 dozen cookies. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Mrs Fields Peanut Butter Oatmeal Ranch Cookie 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 42 servings 
  
          
		3/4 c  Whole wheat flour 
    3/4 c  Flour 
    1/2 ts Baking powder 
      1 c  Oats/old fashioned or quick 
      1 c  Light brown sugar 
    1/2 c  Butter; softened 
    1/2 c  Creamy peanut butter 
    1/4 c  Honey 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Vanilla 
      1 c  Raisins 
    1/2 c  Sunflower seeds 
  
           
		Preheat oven to 300*F.  In a medium bowl combine flours, baking 
		powder 
  and oats. Mix well with a wire whisk and set aside. In a large bowl beat 
  sugar and butter with an electric mixer at medium speed to form a grainy 
  paste. Blend together the peanut butter, honey, eggs and vanilla. Scrape 
  down sides of bowl. Add the flour mixture, raisins and sunflower seeds. 
  Blend at low speed just until combined. Drop by rounded tablespoonfuls 
		onto 
  ungreased baking sheets, 2 inches apart. Bake for 23-25 minutes until 
  bottoms turn golden brown. Immediately transfer cookies with a spatula to 
		a 
  cool, flat surface. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields Pecan 
		Pie Bars 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 1 servings 
  
                 
		Pastry: 
  1 1/2 c  All-purpose flour 
    1/2 c  Salted butter; chilled 
      5 tb Ice water; (5 to 6) 
           Filling: 
      5 tb Salted butter 
      1 c  Dark brown sugar; firmly pac 
           -k 
    1/2 c  Light corn syrup 
      2 ts Pure vanilla extract 
      3 lg Eggs; beaten 
  1 1/2 c  Chopped pecans 
  
            
		Preheat oven to 350-degrees F. In a medium bowl combine flour and 
  chilled butter with a pastry cutter until dough resembles coarse meal. 
		Add 
  water gradually and mix just until dough holds together and can be shaped 
  into a ball. Or, use a food processor fitted with metal blade to combine 
  four and butter until they resemble coarse meal.  Add watter by 
  tablespoonfuls and process just until a dough ball begins to form. Wrap 
  dough tightly in a plastic scrap or a plastic bag. Refrigerate 1 hour or 
  until firm. 
      On floured board using a floured rolling pin, 
		roll out dough into a 
  10x10-inch pan.  Fold dough in half and then into quarters. Place it 
		in an 
  8x8-inch baking pan.  Unfold the dough and press it into the corners 
		and up 
  along the sides of the pan. Refrigerate 15 minutes. 
  
   
           
		TO PREPARE THE FILLING: Melt 5 tablespoons of butter in medium saucepan 
  over medium heat. Remove from heat, and stir in sugar and corn syrup. Mix 
  until smooth. Add vanilla and eggs, and beat with spoon until thoroughly 
  combined. Fold in chopped pecans. Pour the pecan filling into the 
  pastry-lined pan. If dough extends beyond filling minsture trim dough 
		with 
  a knife. Place pan in center of oven and bake 50-60 minutes or until 
  filling is set. Cool on wire rack. Cut into 2x2-inch square, and top each 
  with a pecan half. Serve at room temperature or chilled. 
  
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS FIELDS PECAN 
		SUPREMES 
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Mimi 
      Yield: 36 servings 
  
            
		2 c  FLOUR 
    1/2 ts SODA 
    1/4 ts SALT 
    3/4 c  QUICK OATS 
    3/4 c  DARK BROWN SUGAR, PACKED 
    3/4 c  SUGAR 
      1 c  BUTTER, SOFTENED 
      2 lg EGGS 
      2 ts VANILLA EXTRACT 
      1 c  CHOPPED PECANS (4 OZ) 
      1 c  SEMISWEET CHOCOLATE CHIPS 
  
             
		PREHEAT OVEN TO 300*F.  IN A MEDIUM BOWL COMBINE FLOUR, SODA, 
  SALT, AND OATS. MIX WELL AND SET ASIDE. IN A LARGE BOWL BLEND SUGARS 
  WITH AN ELECTRIC MIXER AT MEDIUM SPEED. ADD BUTTER AND MIX TO FORM A 
  GRAINY PASTE. SCRAPE DOWN SIDES OF BOWL, THEN ADD EGGS AND VANILLA. 
  BEAT AT MEDIUM SPEED UNTIL LIGHT AND FLUFFY. ADD THE FLOUR MIXTURE, 
  PECANS AND CHOCOLATE CHIPS AND BLEND AT LOW SPEED JUST UNTIL 
  COMBINED. DROP DOUGH BY ROUNDED TABLESPOONS ONTO UNGREASED COOKIE 
  SHEETS, 1 1/2 INCHES APART. BAKE FOR 20-22 MINUTES. IMMEDIATELY 
  TRANSFER COOKIES TO A COOL, FLAT SURFACE. 
  
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs Fields 
		White Chocolate Chip 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 24 servings 
  
          
		2/3 c  Butter plus 2 tbs. 
    1/2 c  Sugar 
    1/2 c  Dark brown sugar 
      1    Egg 
      1 ts Vanilla 
  1 1/2 c  Flour 
  3 1/2 oz Macadamia nuts; chopped 
      6 oz White chocolate; chopped in 
  
           
		Heat oven to 325. Grease cookie sheets. In large bowl with electric 
  mixer beat butter, sugars, egg and vanilla at med-high speed until 
		fluffy. 
  Reduce mixer speed to low, add flour, increase speed gradually and beat 
  just until blended. Stirr in nuts and chocolate. Drop by heaping 
		tablespoon 
  onto cookie sheets. Bake about 15 minutes or until edges are slightly 
		brown 
  and tops look dry. Cool on cookie sheet on wire rack about 5 minutes the 
  remove to rack to cool completely. 
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs. 
		Dash? Salt Free Seasoning Blend 
      So here's 
		the challenge with this clone recipe: Not only do 
		 we have to get the right ratios for nearly 20 different spices, 
		 but we also have to come up with a way to get the same lemony  
      tang that makes the real Mrs. Dash the tasty salt-free seasoning 
		 blend we've come to know and love over the years. Sure, we could 
		 use powdered citric acid that is sometimes found in health food 
		 stores, but not everyone is going to have that scary sounding  
      ingredient readily available. Then we still need to figure out 
		 the "lemon juice solids" part. Ah, but wait, there's citric acid 
		 and lemon juice solids in Kool-Aid unsweetened lemonade drink  
      mix. It's perfect! Add a little of that drink powder to the spice 
		 blend and we have a clone that in a blindfolded taste test could 
		 fool even Mr. Dash.   
      1/4 cup 
		crushed dried minced onion flakes 
      4 teaspoons crushed dried vegetable flakes (Schilling) 
      1 tablespoon garlic powder 
      1 tablespoon dried orange peel  
      2 teaspoons coarse ground black pepper 
      1 teaspoon dried parsley 
      1/2 teaspoon dried basil 
      1/2 teaspoon dried marjoram 
      1/2 teaspoon dried oregano 
      1/2 teaspoon dried savory 
      1/2 teaspoon dried thyme 
      1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper 
      1/2 teaspoon cumin 
      1/2 teaspoon coriander 
      1/2 teaspoon dried mustard 
      1/4 teaspoon celery seed 
      1/4 teaspoon Kool-Aid unsweetened lemonade drink mix 
      dash crushed dried rosemary  
      
 
      Crushing the 
		vegetable flakes with extreme prejudice
       
       
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a small bowl and stir well. 
		 As you stir, crush the leafy spices for a finer blend. 
      2. Store the spice blend in a covered container or a sealed shaker 
		 bottle. 
      Makes about 2/3 cup. 
      Tidbits 
      It's best to use a mortar and pestle to crush these sometimes tough 
		 little onion and vegetable flakes to about the size of rice, before 
		 adding them to the mix. But if you don't have one of those handy 
		 kitchen tools, you may also use the back of a spoon and a small 
		 bowl - plus a little grease. You know, the elbow kind.    
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Mrs. Dole's 
		Pecan Roll Cookies 
       Categories: 
		Cookies 
      Yield: 45 servings 
  
            
		1 c  Margarine; room temp 
    1/4 c  Powdered sugar plus more 
           For coating baked 
		cookies 
      1 tb Cold water 
      1 ts Vanilla 
      2 c  All-purpose flour 
      2 c  Pecan pieces 
  
        
		Recipe by: St. Louis Post-Dispatch 8/12/96 
     Preheat oven to 275 degrees. Grease baking sheet. In 
		medium bowl with 
  mixer on medium speed, beat together margarine and 1/4 cup powdered sugar 
  until smooth and creamy. Beat in water and vanilla. On low speed, 
		gradually 
  beat in flour. Mix in pecans with a wooden spoon or by hand. 
    With floured hands, roll 2 teaspoons dough for each cookie 
		into a 
  datelike shape. Place cookies on greased baking sheet. Score top of each 
  cookie lengthwise with knife. Bake 45 minutes. Roll in powdered sugar 
		while 
  still warm. Yield: 3 3/4 dozen cookies. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs. Fields Carrot 
		Cake 
      Yield: 12 
		Servings 
      CAKE 
      2 1/2 cups 
		All-purpose flour 
      1 tbs Baking soda 
      1/4 tsp Salt 
      2 tsp Cinnamon 
      1 cup Light brown sugar, packed 
      1 cup White sugar 
      1 1/2 cup Butter, softened 
      3 large Eggs 
      2 tsp Pure vanilla extract 
      3 cups Grated carrots 
      1/2 cup Crushed pineapple, drained 
      1 cup (6-oz.) raisins 
      1 cup (4-oz.) chopped walnuts  
      ICING 
      16 oz Cream 
		cheese, softened 
      1/2 cup Salted butter, softened 
      1 tbsp Fresh lemon juice (about 1 large lemon) 
      2 tsp Pure vanilla extract 
      3 cups Confectioners' sugar  
      Preheat oven to 350-degrees. Grease and flour two 9-inch 
		 cake pans. 
      In a large bowl stir together flour, baking soda, salt, cinnamon 
		 and sugars. Add butter, one egg and vanilla; blend with electric 
		 mixer on low speed. Increase speed to medium and beat for 2 minutes. 
		 Scrape down sides of bowl. And remaining eggs, one at a time, 
		 beating 30 seconds after each addition. Add carrots, pineapple, 
		 raisins and walnuts. Blend on low until thoroughly combined. Pour 
		 batter into prepared pans and smooth the surface with a rubber  
      spatula. Bake in center of oven for 60-70 minutes. Toothpick inserted 
		 into center should come out clean. Cool in pans for 10 minutes. 
		 Then invert cakes on rack and cool to room temperature. 
      PREPARE 
		ICING: In a medium bowl with an electric mixer on medium
       
      speed, beat cream cheese and butter until smooth add lemon juice  
      and vanilla; beat until combined. Add sugar gradually, mixing on  
      low until smooth. 
      ICE THE 
		CARROT CAKE: Place one layer on a cake platter, and with
       
      a metal spatula spread icing over the top to form a thin filling. 
		 Place second layer over the first, rounded side up. Coat the top  
      and sides of the cake evenly with remaining icing. Refrigerate 1  
      hour to set icing. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      MRS. FIELD'S SWEETIE 
		PIES 
      Yield: 6 
		Servings 
  
      2 oz 
		Unsweetened chocolate 
      3/4 c  (4 oz) semisweet chocolate-chips 
      1/2 c  Salted butter, softened 
      1 c  White sugar 
      2 lg Eggs 
      2 ts Pure vanilla extract 
      1 1/2 c  All purpose flour 
      1 c  (6 oz) semi sweet chocolate-chips 
      1/2 c  (3 oz) white chocolate chips 
      1/4 c  (1/5oz) milk chocolate chips 
  
   
        
		Preheat oven to 375F. Line cookie sheets with waxed paper. 
  
   
        In a 
		double boiler, melt the unsweetened chocolate and the first 
  batch of chocolate chips. Stir frequently with a wooden spoon or 
		 wire 
  whisk until creamy and smooth. Pour melted chocolate into a large 
  bowl. Add butter and beat with electric mixer at medium speed until 
  thoroughly combined. Add the sugar, eggs and vanilla. Beat on medium 
  speed until well blended. Scape down the sides of the bowl. Add the 
  flour and the three types of chocolate chips. Mix at low speed just 
  until combined. Chips should be distributed equally throughout the 
  dough. 
  
   
        Roll 
		a heaping tablespoon of dough into a ball, about 1 1/2 inches
       
      in diameter. Place dough balls onto paper-lined pans, 2 inches apart. 
  With the palm of your hand, flatten each bal to 1/2-inch thickness. 
  Bake for 10-12 minutes. Transfer with a spatula to a cool, flat 
  surface like your countertop. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Mrs. 
		Fields? Chocolate Chip Cookies 
      Mrs. Fields 
		cookies that are crispy around the edge and chewy 
      in the middle. Be careful not to cook these too long. I know  
      it becomes tempting to keep cooking these because they don't  
      seem to be done after 10 minutes, but they will continue to  
      cook for awhile after you take them out of the oven, and when  
      cool, will be nice and chewy. Mmm...got milk? 
      1 cup (2 
		sticks) softened butter 
      1/2 cup granulated sugar 
      1 1/2 cups packed brown sugar 
      2 eggs 
      2 1/2 teaspoons vanilla extract 
      2 1/2 cups all-purpose flour 
      3/4 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon baking powder 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1 1/2 twelve-ounce bags semisweet chocolate chips 
      
 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. In a large mixing bowl, cream together the butter, sugars, 
		 eggs, and vanilla. 
      3. In another bowl, mix together the flour, salt, baking powder 
		 and baking soda. 
      4. Combine the wet and dry ingredients. 
      5. Stir in the chocolate chips. 
      6. With your fingers, place golf ball-sized dough portions 2  
      inches apart on an ungreased cookie sheet. 
      7. Bake for 9-10 minutes or just until edges are light brown. 
      Makes 30 cookies.    
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Nabisco 
		Snack Well's Banana Snack Bars 
      
       
      Servings: 21 
		Snack Bars 
      Nutrition Facts Serving size ? 1 bar Servings ? 21 Total fat 
		 (per serving) ? 1.8g Calories (per serving) ? 118 
      INGREDIENTS: 
      2 egg whites, 1 cup plus 5 tablespoons sugar, 
      2 tablespoons brown sugar,  2 tablespoons molasses, 
      1 1/2 cups banana puree* , 3 tablespoons shortening,  
      1/4 cup whole milk,  1/2 teaspoon vanilla butter nut extract, 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour, 1/2 teaspoon salt, 
      1/4 teaspoon baking soda. 
      ********* 
      Preparation Instructions: 1. Preheat oven to 350?. 2. In a large 
		 bowl, whip the egg whites with an electric mixer until they  
      become thick. Do not use a plastic bowl for this. 3. Add the  
      sugar to the egg whites and continue to beat until the mixture  
      forms soft peaks. 4. Add the brown sugar, molasses, banana puree, 
		 shortening, milk and vanilla butter nut flavoring to the mixture, 
		 beating after each addition. 5. In a separate bowl, combine the 
		 remaining ingredients. 6. While beating the wet mixture, slowly 
		 add the bowl of dry ingredients. 7. Lightly grease a 9x14-inch 
		 pan with a light coating of non-stick cooking spray. Be sure to 
		 coat the sides as well as the bottom of the pan. Dump about 3  
      tablespoons of sugar into the pan, then tilt and shake the pan  
      so that a light layer of sugar coats the entire bottom of the pan, 
		 and about halfway up the sides. Pour out the excess sugar. 8. 
		 Pour the batter into the pan, and spread it evenly around the  
      inside of the pan. Sprinkle a light coating of sugar -- about  
      two tablespoons -- over the entire top surface of the batter.  
      Gently shake the pan from side-to-side to evenly distribute the  
      sugar over the batter. Bake for 25-28 minutes or until the cake 
		 begins to pull away from the sides of the pan. 9. Remove the  
      cake from the oven and turn it out onto a cooling rack. When cake 
		 has cooled, place it onto a sheet of wax paper on a cutting board 
		 and slice across the cake 6 times, creating 7 even slices. Next  
      cut the cake lengthwise twice, into thirds, creating a total of 21 
		 snack bars. When the bars have completely cooled, store them in a 
		 resealable plastic bag or an airtight container. *Puree whole  
      bananas (approximately 3) in a food processor or blender until  
      smooth and creamy.    
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Nabisco? Cheese Nips? 
      Here's a 
		clone recipe that gets one very important 
      ingredient from another packaged product. The powdered 
      cheese included in the Kraft instant macaroni & cheese 
      kits flavors this homegrown version of the popular bright 
      orange crackers. You'll need a can of Kraft Macaroni &  
      Cheese Cheese Topping or two boxes of the most inexpensive 
      instant variety of macaroni & cheese; you know, the kind 
      with the cheese powder. Two boxes will give you enough  
      cheese to make 300 crackers. As for the macaroni left over 
      in the box, just use that for another recipe requiring elbow 
      macaroni.   
      1 cup sifted 
		all-purpose flour (plus 1/2 cup divided and reserved 
		 for kneading and rolling) 
      1 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/4 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 cup Kraft Macaroni & Cheese Cheese Topping powder (or 2 packages 
		 dry cheese powder from 2 boxes Kraft macaroni & cheese) 
      3 tablespoons shortening 
      1/3 cup buttermilk 
      1/2 teaspoon salt (for tops, optional) 
      1. Sift 
		together 1 cup flour, baking soda, baking powder, and 
		 cheese powder in a large bowl. 
      2. Cut in the shortening with a fork and knife with a crosswise 
		 motion until dough is broken down into rice-size pieces. Mixture 
		 will still be very dry. 
      3. Stir in buttermilk with a fork until dough becomes very moist 
		 and sticky. 
      4. Sprinkle a couple tablespoons of the reserved flour over the 
		 dough and work it in until the dough can be handled without  
      sticking, then turn it out onto a floured board, being sure to keep 
		 1/4 cup of the reserve flour for later. Knead the dough well for  
      60 to 90 seconds, until the flour is well incorporated. Wrap the  
      dough in plastic wrap and chill for at least one hour. 
      5. Preheat oven to 325 degrees. Spray a light coating of cooking  
      spray on a baking sheet. 
      6. Remove the dough from the refrigerator and use the remaining  
      reserve flour to dust a rolling surface. Roll about one-third of  
      the dough to just under 1/16th of inch thick. Trim the edges square 
		 (a pizza cutter or wheel works great for this), then transfer the  
      dough to a lightly greased baking sheet. Use the rolling pin to  
      transfer the dough. Simply pick up one end of the dough onto a  
      rolling pin, and roll the dough around the rolling pin. Reverse the 
		 process onto the baking sheet to transfer the dough. 
      7. Use a pizza cutter to cut across and down the dough, creating 
		 1-inch square pieces. Use the blunt end of a skewer or broken  
      toothpick to poke a hole in the center of each piece. 
      8. Sprinkle a very light coating of salt over the top of the crackers 
		 (crackers will already be quite salty) and bake for 8 to 10 minutes 
		 mix the crackers around (so those on the edge don?t burn) and bake 
		 for another 3 to 5 minutes, or until some are just barely turning  
      a light brown. Repeat the rolling and baking process with the  
      remaining dough. 
      Makes approximately 300 crackers.    
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Nabisco? Nilla? Wafers 
      No one knows 
		the exact origin of the vanilla wafer but it's 
		 guessed that the recipe was developed in the south.  The wafers 
		 were being whipped up from scratch at home long before Nabisco 
		 introduced the lightweight, poker chip-like packaged cookies in 
		 1945.  Back then they were called Vanilla Wafers.  But in the 
		60s 
		 Nabisco slapped the trade name Nilla Wafers on the box.  Today the 
		 real things come about 100 to a box and really fly when whipped  
      into the air with a little flick of the wrist.  Here now, you can 
		 relive the days of old with a homemade version fresh out of the oven. 
  This clone recipe makes about half a box's worth and they fly just 
		 as far. 
      For just a 
		slight variation on this recipe - with similar
       
      aerodynamics - check out the clone for Sunshine Lemon Coolers. 
      1/2 cup 
		powdered sugar 
      1/3 cup sugar 
      1/3 cup shortening 
      1 egg 
      1 teaspoon vanilla 
      1/8 teaspoon salt 
      1 1/2 cups cake flour 
      1 1/2 teaspoons baking powder 
      1 tablespoon water 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 325 degrees. 
      2. Cream together sugars, shortening, egg, vanilla, and salt in a 
		 large bowl. 
      3. Add the flour and baking powder. Add 1 tablespoon of water and  
      continue mixing until dough forms a ball.  
      4. Roll dough into 3/4-inch balls and flatten slightly onto a  
      lightly greased cookie sheet. Bake for 15 to 18 minutes or until  
      cookies are light brown. 
      Makes 50 to 56 cookies.  
      
       
 
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Nabisco? 
		Old Fashioned Ginger Snaps 
      Nabisco's 
		version of this old favorite cookie may not be as big 
		 a seller as its much-cloned Oreo. Heck, it's not even close. But 
		 if you're a ginger snap fanatic, this recipe will give you a  
      killer clone of the cookie giant's store-bought version that you 
		 can whip up in a...uh...snap. And if you're watching the fat,  
      four of these cookies check in with a total of around 2.5 grams  
      of fat.   
      1 cup packed 
		dark brown sugar 
      3/4 cup sugar 
      1/4 cup molasses 
      1/4 cup shortening 
      1 tablespoon butter, softened 
      1 egg 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla 
      2 1/2 cups all-purpose flour 
      2 teaspoons baking soda 
      2 teaspoons ground ginger 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      1 teaspoon ground cinnamon 
      1/2 teaspoon ground cloves 
      1/4 cup water 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350 degrees. 
      2. Cream together the sugars, molasses, shortening, butter, egg, 
		 and vanilla in a large bowl. Beat with an electric mixer until 
		 smooth. 
      3. In another large bowl combine the flour, baking soda, ginger,  
      salt, cinnamon, and cloves. 
      4. Pour the dry mixture into the wet mixture and beat while adding 
		 the water. Continue to mix until ingredients are incorporated.  
      5. Measure a heaping teaspoon of dough at time. Roll the dough into 
		 a sphere between the palms of your hands then press the dough onto 
		 the cookie. Flatten to about 1/8-inch thick. 
      6. Bake cookies for 10-14 minutes or until edges begin to brown and 
		 cookies are crispy when cool.  
      Makes 120 (10 dozen) cookies. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Nabisco? Oreo (Wafers) 
      When I first 
		designed the Oreo cookie clone recipe for the second 
		 book, More Top Secret Recipes, I decided that a cake mix would  
      suit the recipe best. However, the variety and brand I chose --  
      Duncan Hines Dark Dutch Fudge -- became unavailable in many parts 
		 of the country. Now, for all of my faithful readers, it is time 
		 to fix that problem with a cake mix that should be available  
      everywhere. Many of the ingredients have changed to create an even 
		 more tender, chocolatey cookie that can be the same color as the 
		 real thing if you decide to add some brown paste food coloring.  
      You will also note that the method has been improved to create  
      cookies that are more uniform in size by using a spice bottle  
      lid on the thinly rolled out dough. This will allow you to make 
		 your wafers faster, and they will all be the same size. The  
      filling recipe remains the same, and can be found on page 68 of 
		 More Top Secret Recipes. For those of you who don't have the book 
		 (and, of course, for those who do), tune in next week for a  
      brand-new recipe that requires these wafers. (Hint: T.M.) 
      1 
		18.25-ounce pkg. Betty Crocker chocolate fudge cake mix 
      3 tablespoons shortening, melted 
      1/2 cup cake flour, measured then sifted 
      1 egg  
      3 tablespoons water 
      2 tablespoons brown paste food coloring (optional)* 
      1. Combine 
		the cookie ingredients in a large bowl. Add the water 
		 a little bit at a time until the dough forms. Cover and chill  
      for 2 hours. 
      2. Preheat oven to 350 degrees. 
      3. On a lightly floured surface roll out a portion of the dough  
      to just under one 16th of an inch thick. To cut, use a lid from  
      a spice container with a 1 1/2-inch diameter (Schilling brand is  
      good). Arrange the cut dough rounds on a cookie sheet that is  
      sprayed with a light coating of non-stick spray. Bake for 10 minutes. 
		 Remove wafers from the oven and cool completely. 
      4. As the cookies bake, make the filling (recipe in More Top Secret 
		 Recipes on page 68). 
      5. When the cookies have cooled, roll a small portion (heaping 1/4  
      teaspoon) of the filling into a ball (just over 1/4-inch in diameter), 
		 and press it between two of the cookies. Repeat with the remaining 
		 cookies. Makes 108-116 wafers; for 54-58 sandwich cookies.   
      *This is an 
		optional step to help recreate the color of the original 
		 cookie. If you do not use the paste food coloring be sure to change 
		 the amount of water added to the wafer cookies from 3 tablespoons to 
		 1/4 cup. The food coloring gives the cookies the dark brown, almost  
      black color. The coloring can be found with cake decorating supplies 
		 at art supply and craft stores. 
      Tidbits 
      If the dough seems too tacky, you can work in as much as 1/4 cup of  
      flour as you pat out and roll the dough. Use just enough flour to make 
		 the dough workable, but not tough. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Nabisco? SnackWell?s Banana Snack Bars 
      In 1996, 
		Nabisco built up its growing line of SnackWell?s 
		 baked products with the introduction of low-fat snack bars 
		 in several varieties, including fudge brownie, golden cake, 
		 apple raisin, and the chewy banana variety cloned here. The  
      secret ingredients that help us keep the fat grams under 2 
		 grams per serving is banana puree to help keep the cake moist 
		 while adding real banana flavor, egg whites rather than whole  
      eggs, some molasses and just a little bit of shortening. Whip  
      it all up, pour it into a pan and bake. Soon you'll have 21 tasty 
		 little low-fat snack bars to get you through the week.   
      2 egg whites 
      1 cup plus 5 tablespoons sugar 
      2 tablespoons brown sugar 
      2 tablespoons molasses 
      1 1/2 cups banana puree* 
      3 tablespoons shortening 
      1/4 cup whole milk 
      1/2 teaspoon vanilla butter nut extract 
      1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon baking soda 
      1. Preheat 
		oven to 350?. 
      2. In a large bowl, whip the egg whites with an electric mixer 
		 until they become thick. Do not use a plastic bowl for this. 
      3. Add the sugar to the egg whites and continue to beat until 
		 the mixture forms soft peaks. 
      4. Add the brown sugar, molasses, banana puree, shortening, milk 
		 and vanilla butter nut flavoring to the mixture, beating after  
      each addition. 
      5. In a separate bowl, combine the remaining ingredients. 
      6. While beating the wet mixture, slowly add the bowl of dry  
      ingredients. 
      7. Lightly grease a 9x14-inch pan with a light coating of non-stick 
		 cooking spray. Be sure to coat the sides as well as the bottom of 
		 the pan. Dump about 3 tablespoons of sugar into the pan, then tilt 
		 and shake the pan so that a light layer of sugar coats the entire 
		 bottom of the pan, and about halfway up the sides. Pour out the  
      excess sugar. 
      8. Pour the batter into the pan, and spread it evenly around the 
		 inside of the pan. Sprinkle a light coating of sugar -- about two 
		 tablespoons -- over the entire top surface of the batter. Gently  
      shake the pan from side-to-side to evenly distribute the sugar over 
		 the batter. Bake for 25-28 minutes or until the cake begins to pull 
		 away from the sides of the pan. 
      9. Remove the cake from the oven and turn it out onto a cooling rack. 
		 When cake has cooled, place it onto a sheet of wax paper on a cutting 
		 board and slice across the cake 6 times, creating 7 even slices.  
      Next cut the cake lengthwise twice, into thirds, creating a total  
      of 21 snack bars. When the bars have completely cooled, store them  
      in a resealable plastic bag or an airtight container.     
      *Puree whole 
		bananas (approximately 3) in a food processor or blender 
		 until smooth and creamy. 
      Nutrition 
		Facts  
      Serving size ? 1 bar 
      Servings ? 21 
      Total fat (per serving) ? 1.8g 
      Calories (per serving) ? 118 
      
      
 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Neiman 
		Marcus? Chocolate Chip Cookie 
      To dispel 
		the urban legend of the $250 recipe, as told in the 
		 text of the infamous chain letter recipe, Neiman Marcus created 
		 an actual recipe for chocolate chip cookies and displayed it on 
		 the Neiman Marcus Web site...for a limited time only. I recently  
      went to take another look at the recipe, and it was gone. Georgia  
      Christiansen, Neiman Marcus Creative Director, told me that the  
      recipe will no longer be featured on the site. But she did send  
      me a copy. Since I get so many request for the recipe, and because 
		 I get even more e-mail copies of the bogus chain letter, I will  
      post the recipe here. Maybe this will help put an end to the myth. 
      1/2 cup 
		unsalted butter, softened 
      1 cup brown sugar 
      3 tablespoons granulated sugar 
      1 egg 
      2 teaspoons vanilla extract 
      1/2 teaspoon baking soda 
      1/2 teaspoon baking powder 
      1/2 teaspoon salt 
      1 3/4 cups flour 
      1 1/2 teaspoons instant coffee, slightly crushed 
      8 oz. semisweet chocolate chips 
      1. Cream the 
		butter with the sugars until fluffy. 
      2. Beat in the egg and the vanilla extract 
      3. Combine the dry ingredients and beat into the butter mixture. 
      4. Stir in the chocolate chips. 
      5. Drop by large spoonfuls onto a greased cookie sheet. 
      6. Bake at 375 degrees for 8-10 minutes, or 10-12 minutes for a  
      crispier 
      cookie. Makes 15 large cookies.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Olive Garden 
		Breadsticks 
      1 Loaf 
		unfrozen bread dough - (if frozen, thaw in bowl at room temp) 
      Pam or oil 
      Garlic powder 
      Dry oregano leaf -- rub between fingers 
      When dough 
		is soft enough to knead, spray your fingers with Pam
       
      or oil and knead just until you can shape into cigar-sized pieces  
      (about 8 to 10). Place these 3" apart on Pam-sprayed cookie sheets. 
		 Let rise in warm place until doubled - about 1-1/2 hours. Then 
		 holding Pam about 8" from sticks, lightly spray top of each and  
      then dust with garlic powder and oregano. Bake at 375~ about 20 to 
		 25 minutes or until golden brown. Cool in pan on rack to serve  
      within a day or two. 
      Olive Garden 
		Breadsticks are just brown and serve soft breadsticks. 
		 Brown in the oven and spread liquid margarine over them, then  
      sprinkle with garlic salt. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Olive 
		Garden Chicken Formaggio Pizza 
      4 ounces 
		Chicken breast; bone -- skin 
      1 tablespoon Olive oil 
      2 tablespoons Onions -- dice 
      1 cup Tomatoes; drain -- dice 
      1 teaspoon Garlic -- chop 
      1/8 teaspoon Salt 
      1/2 teaspoon Dried basil 
      1/2 cup Fontinella cheese -- shred 
      1/2 cup Mozzarella cheese -- shred 
      1/2 cup Mushrooms -- slice 
      1 tablespoon Parmesan cheese -- shred 
      1 12" pre-baked pizza crust 
      Preheat oven 
		to 450~F. Saute or bake chicken breast. Cool. 
		 Cut into 1/4" wide strips. Spray or grease a 12" pizza pan. 
		 Saute onions and garlic briefly in the olive oil and add them  
      to the tomatoes,salt and basil.Spread the tomato mixture over  
      the top of the crust. Lay chicken strips down over the tomatoes.  
      Top with fontinella and mozzarella cheeses. Add the sliced mushooms 
		 and sprinkle with Parmesan cheese. Bake at 450 degrees F. for 8 
		 minutes, or until cheese is melted and crust is piping hot. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Olive Garden 
		Tiramisu Dessert 
      1 sponge 
		cake (10-12") - about 3" tall
       
      3 oz strong black coffee  
      3 oz brandy or rum  
		 1? lbs mascarpone - room temp  
      1? cups superfine/powdered sugar  
      unsweetened cocoa powder  
  
      Cut across 
		middle of sponge cake forming two layers, 
		 each about 1?" high. Blend coffee and brandy.   
      Sprinkle 
		enough of mixture over bottom half of cake to 
		 flavor it strongly. Don't moisten cake too much or it  
      may collapse on serving. Beat room-temperature cheese and 
		 1 cup sugar until sugar is completely dissolved and cheese 
		 is light and spreadable. test for sweetness during beating, 
		 adding more sugar if needed. Spread cut surface of bottom  
      layer with half of the cheese mixture. Replace second layer 
		 and top this with remaining cheese mixture. Sprinkle top  
      liberally with sifted cocoa. Refrigerate cake for at least 
		 2 hours before cutting and serving.    
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Olive Garden? 
		Pasta e Fagioli 
           
		It's amazing how many lousy clones for this delicious
       
      chili-like soup from Olive Garden are floating around on the Web. 
		 Some are shared on message boards, others are displayed on sites 
		 in a collection of "actual restaurant recipes" (yeah, right!).
       
      But they all leave out obvious ingredients you can see, like the 
		 carrots, ground beef, or two kinds of beans. Others don't get  
      the pasta right -- it's obviously ditali pasta (short little tubes). 
		 Then there's the recipe that really squeezed the seeds from my 
		 gourd -- one that's floating around in MasterCook format that  
      lists "Top Secret Recipes" as the source. But, wait a minute!
       
      I've never before created a clone for this dish -- not here on  
      the site, and not in any book. So, after logging some time over 
		 a chopping block, an open flame, and a couple tasty glasses of  
      Merlot, out popped this puppy. And this is the one, kitchen cloners! 
		 If you want the taste of Pasta e Fagioli at home, this is the  
      only recipe that will fool in a side-by-side taste test. Accept 
		 no other imitation imitation! 
      1 pound 
		ground beef 
      1 small onion, diced (1 cup) 
      1 large carrot, julienned (1 cup) 
      3 stalks celery, chopped (1 cup) 
      2 cloves garlic, minced 
      2 14.5-ounce cans diced tomatoes 
      1 15-ounce can red kidney beans (with liquid) 
      1 15-ounce can great northern beans (with liquid) 
      1 15-ounce can tomato sauce 
      1 12-ounce can V-8 juice 
      1 tablespoon white vinegar 
      1 1/2 teaspoons salt 
      1 teaspoon oregano 
      1 teaspoon basil 
      1/2 teaspoon pepper 
      1/2 teaspoon thyme 
      1/2 pound (1/2 pkg.) ditali pasta   
      1. Brown the 
		ground beef in a large saucepan or pot over medium heat. 
		 Drain off most of the fat. 
      2. Add onion, carrot, celery and garlic and saut?for 10 minutes. 
      3. Add remaining ingredients, except pasta, and simmer for 1 hour. 
      4. About 50 minutes into simmer time, cook the pasta in 1 1/2 to 2  
      quarts of boiling water over high heat. Cook for 10 minutes or just 
		 until pasta is al dente, or slightly tough. Drain. 
      5. Add the pasta to the large pot of soup. Simmer for 5-10 minutes 
		 and serve.  
      Serves 8.    
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      ORANGE JULIUS 
      Recipe By     
		:
       
      Serving Size  : 2    Preparation Time :0:00 
      Categories    : Beverages 
        
		Amount  Measure       Ingredient -- 
		Preparation Method 
      --------  ------------  -------------------------------- 
   1       c            
		Milk 
   1       c            
		Orange juice 
   1       x            
		Sugar to taste 
   1       x            
		Egg is optional 
        Mix 
		infredients in a blender & blend until frothy or looks good to you 
  and wala..... 
  
      OREO COOKIES
        
       Categories: 
		Cookies, Chocolate 
      Yield: 6 servings 
  
      
		--------------------------COOKIE-------------------------- 
     18 oz Devils food cake mix 
      2 tb Water 
      2 tb Cooking oil 
    1/4 c  Bitter cocoa powder 
      
		--------------------------FILLING-------------------------- 
      1    Envelope unflavored gelatin 
    1/4 c  Cold water 
      1 c  Crisco 
      1 ts Vanilla 
      1 lb Powdered sugar +1 cup 
  
        Mix 
		up cookies take small balls roll them in your 
  hands place in cookie sheet bake 350 for 10 to 15 
  minutes let cool and put in filling. 
   
   
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      The Outback 
		Bloomin' Onion 
      1/3 c 
		Cornstarch; more if needed 
      1 1/2 c Flour 
      2 ts Garlic; mince 
      2 ts Paprika 
      1 ts Salt 
      1 ts Pepper 
      24 oz Beer 
      4 Sweet Vidalia Onions 
      2 c Flour 
      4 ts Paprika 
      2 ts Garlic powder 
      1/2 ts Pepper 
      1/4 ts Cayenne Creamy chili sauce 
      1 pt Mayonnaise 
      1 pt Sour cream 
      1/2 c Tomato chili sauce 
      1/2 ts Cayenne 
      Mix 
		cornstarch, flour and seasonings until well blended. Add beer, 
		 mix well. Cut about 3/4" off top of onion and peel. Cut into onion 
		 12 to 16 vertical wedges but do not cut through bottom root end. 
		 Remove about 1" of petals from center of onion. Dip onion in  
      seasoned flour and remove excess by shaking. Separate petals to  
      coat thoroughly with batter. Gently place in fryer basket and  
      deep-fry at 375 to 400~ 1-1/2 minutes. Turn over and fry 1-1/2  
      minutes longer or until golden brown. Drain on paper towels. Place 
		 onion upright in shallow bowl and remove center core with circular 
		 cutter or apple corer. Serve hot with Creamy Chili Sauce.  
      Seasoned Flour: 
      Combine flour, paprika, garlic powder, pepper and cayenne and mix 
		 well. 
      Creamy Chili Sauce: 
      Combine mayo, sour cream, chili sauce and cayenne and mix well. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? Bleu Cheese Dressing 
      
       
           
		If you've had the Kookaburra Wings from Outback, then 
		 you've tasted the chain's thick and creamy bleu cheese dressing 
		 served up on the side. Use this stuff when you need an excellent 
		 dipping sauce for your next batch of wings, or just pour it over 
		 a salad and dive in.   
      1 cup 
		mayonnaise 
      2 tablespoons buttermilk 
      1 tablespoon crumbled bleu cheese  
      1/8 teaspoon coarse ground black pepper  
      1/8 teaspoon onion powder  
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder       
      1. Mix all 
		ingredients together by hand in a small bowl until smooth. 
      2. Cover and chill for 30 minutes before serving.  
      Makes 1 cup. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? Caesar Salad Dressing 
      
       
      Ask and you 
		shall receive. To answer many requests, 
		 I've whipped up this killer clone for the mouth-watering 
		 caesar salad dressing from America's favorite steakhouse  
      chain. You can't buy it in the stores, but now you can make 
		 it from scratch in mere minutes. Best of all, this dressing 
		 keeps for weeks and weeks in the fridge in a covered container 
		 (if it's even around that long). 
      1 cup 
		mayonnaise 
      1/4 cup egg substitute 
      1/4 cup grated parmesan cheese 
      2 tablespoons water 
      2 tablespoons olive oil 
      1 1/2 tablespoons lemon juice 
      1 tablespoon anchovy paste 
      2 cloves garlic, pressed 
      2 teaspoons sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon coarse ground pepper 
      1/4 teaspoon salt 
      1/4 teaspoon dried parsley flakes, crushed fine 
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a medium bowl. Use an electric 
		 mixer to beat ingredients for about 1 minute. 
      2. Cover bowl and chill for several hours so that flavors can 
		 develop. 
      Makes approximately 2 cups. 
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      Outback 
		Steakhouse? Cinnamon Oblivion 
      
       
      Roll a scoop 
		of creamy vanilla ice cream in home-made candied 
		 pecans. Surround the ice cream with warm cinnamon apples and  
      drizzle caramel over the top. Sprinkle fresh cinnamon-butter  
      croutons on the dessert and you've got an irresistible clone  
      of one of Outback's most popular menu items. For the croutons,  
      it's best to use the Bushman Bread clone from right here on the  
      site. But if you're not up for bread making, choose another sweet 
		 bread, such as Hawaiian Sweet Bread or Pillsbury Honey White Bread. 
        
       
      Candied 
		Pecans  
      1/2 cup granulated sugar  
      2 tablespoons water  
      1/2 teaspoon cinnamon  
      1 teaspoon butter 
      1 1/4 cups chopped pecans 
      Cinnamon 
		Croutons 
      2 cups cubed Bushman Bread (from clone here -- 
    or you can use another sweet bread such as  
    Hawaiian Sweet Bread or Pillsbury Honey White Bread.) 
      1/3 cup salted butter  
      2 tablespoons sugar 
      1/2 teaspoon cinnamon 
      Cinnamon 
		Apples 
      1 20-ounce can apple pie filling 
      1/4 teaspoon cinnamon 
      1 tablespoon brown sugar 
      4 cups 
		vanilla ice cream 
      1/2 cup caramel topping (Smucker's is good)  
      1 1/2 cups whipped cream  
      4 fresh strawberries 
      1. For 
		candied pecans, combine 1/2 cup granulated sugar, 2
       
      tablespoons water, 1 teaspoon butter, and 1/2 teaspoon cinnamon 
		 in a small saucepan over medium heat. Heat until mixture boils  
      and all sugar granules are dissolved.  
      2. Add chopped pecans to mixture and stir for 1 to 2 minutes over 
		 heat. Be sure that all pecans are well-coated. 
      3. Pour mixture onto a large plate and continue to stir until mixture 
		 hardens and begins to break up. You should be able to separate all 
		 of the nuts.  
      4. For the croutons, preheat the oven to 300 degrees. Pour the slice 
		 bread cubes onto an ungreased cookie sheet and bake for 15 to 20  
      minutes or until the bread has turned light brown. Stir halfway  
      through cooking time.  
      5. Melt the butter in a skillet over medium heat. Pour baked croutons 
		 into the pan and saut?until the bread is well-coated with butter. 
		 Combine the 2 tablespoons of sugar and 1/2 teaspoon of cinnamon in  
      a small bowl. Sprinkle this mixture over the croutons while stirring 
		 so that the croutons are well-coated with cinnamon/sugar. Remove  
      croutons from the heat and pour them onto a plate to cool.  
      6. Prepare apples by carefully mixing them with 1/4 teaspoon cinnamon 
		 and 1 tablespoon of brown sugar in a large bowl. You want to be sure 
		 you don't stir hard enough to break up the apples. Microwave the  
      apple for 1 to 2 minutes or until hot. 
      7. To assemble the dessert for serving, first roll four cup-size  
      scoops of ice cream in the pecan pieces. You can do this step ahead 
		 of time if you like, keeping the pecan-covered scoops in your 
		 freezer.  
      8. Place an ice cream scoop onto a small plate, then pour about  
      a tablespoon of caramel over the ice cream. Dribble another  
      tablespoon around the base of the ice cream onto the plate. 
      9. Spread the hot apples around the base of the ice cream being  
      sure to divide them evenly amongst the four servings. 
      10. Divide the croutons into four portions and sprinkle them on  
      the apples around the base of the ice cream scoop on each plate. 
      11. Spread a generous portion of whipped cream onto the top of  
      each scoop of ice cream. 
      12. Top off each dish with a fresh strawberry. 
      Makes 4 servings. 
        
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      Outback 
		Steakhouse? Coral Reef 'Rita 
      
       
      This Outback 
		margarita selection will handily quench, 
		 soothe and ring the bell in your clock tower -- just what 
		 the doctor ordered for a hot summer evening fiesta. A mildly 
		 fruity on-the-rocks margarita is powerful ammunition in any  
      home bartender's arsenal of party cocktails. I like tequila.  
      Tequila is my friend. But get to the bottom of too many of  
      these tasty pink drinks and you'll feel like a used pinata  
      in the morning. 
      1 1/4 ounces 
		Margaritaville gold tequila (1 shot) 
      3/4 ounce triple sec  
      3 ounces (approx. 1/3 cup) cup sweet and sour mix  
      3 ounces (approx. 1/3 cup) cranberry juice  
      3/4 ounce Grand Marnier  
      wedge of lime  
      Optional 
      margarita salt (for rim of glass) 
   
  
      
  
 
      1. If you 
		want salt on the rim of your glass, moisten the rim 
		 of a 16-ounce mug (or glass) and dip it in margarita salt.  
      2. To make the drink, fill the glass with ice. 
      3. Add the tequila, triple sec, then some sweet and sour mix  
      and cranberry juice (in equal amounts -- about 1/3 cup each  
      should do it) to within a half-inch of the top of the glass. Stir. 
      4. Splash a half shot of Grand Marnier over the top of the drink.  
      5. Add a wedge of lime and serve with a straw. 
      Makes 1 serving. 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? Honey Wheat Bushman Bread? 
      Along with 
		an entree at this popular steakhouse chain, comes 
		 a freshly baked loaf of this dark, sweet bread, served on it's 
		 own cutting board with soft whipped butter. One distinctive 
      feature of the bread is its color. How does the bread get so  
      dark? While you may notice the recipe includes instant coffee  
      and cocoa, these ingredients will not give it it's deep dark  
      chocolate brown color - not even close. Usually breads that  
      are this dark -- such as pumpernickel or dark bran muffins -- 
		 contain caramel color, an ingredient often used in the industry 
		 to darken foods. Since your local supermarket will not likely 
		 have this mostly commercial product, we will make the caramel  
      color from a mixture of three food colorings -- red, yellow and 
		 blue. Just be sure to get the food coloring in the little droppers 
		 so that you can count the drops as you measure. That's very 
		 important to getting the color just right. You may also opt 
		 to keep the color out. The bread will certainly taste the same, 
		 but will look nothing like the real deal. I suggest using a  
      bread machine for the mixing and kneading, if you have one. 
      Dough 
      1 1/2 cups warm water 
      2 tablespoons butter, softened 
      1/2 cup honey 
      2 cups bread flour 
      1 2/3 cups wheat flour 
      1 tablespoon cocoa 
      1 tablespoon granulated sugar 
      2 teaspoons instant coffee 
      1 teaspoon salt 
      2 1/4 teaspoons (1 pkg.) yeast 
      Coloring 
      1/4 cup water 
      75 drops red food coloring 
      45 drops blue food coloring 
      30 drops yellow food coloring 
      cornmeal for 
		dusting 
      1. If using 
		a bread machine, add all of the ingredients for the 
		 dough in the exact order listed into the pan of your machine. 
		 Set it on "knead" and when the machine begins to mix the dough, 
		 combine the food coloring with 1/4 cup of water and drizzle it 
		 into the mixture as it combines. After the dough is created let 
		 it rest to rise for an hour or so. Then remove it from the pan 
		 and go to step #3. 
      2. If you are not using a bread machine, combine the flours, cocoa, 
		 sugar, coffee and salt in large bowl. Make a depression or "well" 
		 in the middle of the dry mixture. Pour the warm water into this 
		 "well," then add the butter, honey and yeast. Combine the food
       
      coloring drops with 1/4 cup of water and add that to the "well. 
      " Slowly mix the ingredients with a spoon, drawing the dry  
      ingredients into the wet. When you can handle the dough, begin to 
		 combine it by hand, kneading the dough thoroughly for at least ten 
		 minutes, until it is very smooth and has a consistent color. Set 
		 the dough into a covered bowl in a warm place for an hour, to allow 
		 it to rise. 
      3. When the dough has risen to about double in size, punch it down 
		 and divide it into 8 even portions (divide dough in half, divide 
		 those halves in half, and then once more). Form the portions into 
		 tubular shaped loaves about 8 inches long and 2 inches wide.  
      Sprinkle the entire surface of the loaves with cornmeal and place 
		 them on a cookie sheet, or two. Cover the cookie sheet(s) with  
      plastic wrap and let the dough rise once more for another hour in a warm 
		location. 
      4. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees. Uncover the dough and bake it 
		 for 20-24 minutes in the hot oven. Loaves should begin to darken 
		 slightly on top when done. Serve warm with a sharp bread knife  
      and butter on the side. If you want whipped butter, like you get 
		 at the restaurant, just use an electric mixer on high speed to  
      whip some butter until it's fluffy. 
      Makes 8 small loaves.   
      Tidbits 
      It is normal 
		for this dough to be a bit tacky and to seem somewhat 
		 thin. Just be sure to add plenty of flour to your hands and work  
      surface when working with the dough to prevent sticking. 
      If you are able to find caramel color, you can use that rather than 
		 the food coloring formula described in the recipe. Just measure 1  
      tablespoon of caramel color into the dough mixture where the recipe 
		 uses food coloring and water. 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? Ranch Salad Dressing 
      
       
      This 
		always-popular growing restaurant chain makes a tasty 
		 version of creamy ranch dressing for its house and Queensland 
		 salads. To get the same unique flavor and creaminess of the  
      original at home, mates, you'll need just one teaspoon of Hidden 
		 Valley ranch salad dressing mix swimming in there with the mayo 
		 and buttermilk and other spices. Since there's three teaspoons  
      of dressing mix per packet, you'll be able to stretch one envelope 
		 three times as far, by crackey!     
      1 teaspoon 
		Hidden Valley Ranch salad dressing mix (buttermilk recipe) 
      1 cup mayonnaise  
      1/2 cup buttermilk  
      1/4 teaspoon coarse grind black pepper  
      1/8 teaspoon paprika  
      1/8 teaspoon garlic powder    =       
      1. Combine 
		all ingredients in a medium bowl. Mix well. 
      2. Cover bowl and chill dressing for at least 30 minutes before 
		 serving.  
      Makes 1 1/2 cups 
        
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? Sydney's Sinful Sundae 
      
       
      Here's an 
		easy-to-make, yet delectable dessert served at the 
		 popular Outback Steakhouse chain. This scrumptious sundae is  
      the first dessert in the list on their menu, which describes it 
		 as: "Vanilla ice cream rolled in toasted coconut, covered in  
      chocolate sauce and topped with whipped cream." Resting on the 
		 very top is a fresh, ripe strawberry. The secret to this recipe 
		 is to well-coat your large scoop of ice cream with that incredible, 
		 crunchy, toasted coconut. And there's nothing like the sweet smell 
		 of freshly toasted coconut that will soon be wafting through your 
		 entire house, room by room. This is a good one to make when you  
      want a quick dessert that totally satisfies. 
      1 cup 
		shredded coconut 
      4 large scoops vanilla ice cream 
      1/2 cup Hershey chocolate syrup 
      whipped cream (in a can) 
      4 large, ripe strawberries 
      1. Preheat 
		the oven to 300 degrees. 
      2. Spread the coconut over the bottom of the inside of a large 
		 oven pan. Shake the pan a little to spread the coconut evenly. 
      3. Bake the coconut for 25-30 minutes or until the coconut is a  
      light, golden brown. You may have to stir or shake the coconut in 
		 the last 10 minutes to help it brown evenly. 
      4. When the coconut has cooled, pour it onto a plate, or into a  
      large bowl. Roll each scoop of ice cream in the coconut until it  
      is well coated. Press down on the ice cream to help the coconut  
      stick. Put the ice cream into four separate bowls. 
      5. Heat up the chocolate syrup for 10-15 seconds in the microwave. 
		 Pour about two tablespoons over each scoop of ice cream. Try to  
      completely cover the ice cream with chocolate. 
      6. Spray some whipped cream on the top of each scoop of ice cream. 
      7. Cut the 
		stems from the strawberries and place one on each
       
      serving; upside down on the whipped cream. Serve with a spoon.  
      Serves four.  
      
       
 
        
        
      
      
		  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
		Outback Steakhouse? The Wallaby Darned 
      
       
      The menu 
		describes the steakhouse chain's popular fruity drink
       
      as a: "Down under frozen wonder with peaches, DeKuyper Peachtree 
		 Schnapps, champagne, Smirnoff Vodka and secret mixers." While you 
		 don't need to use the same brand-name booze as the chain does, 
		 you will need to find a can of Kern's peach nectar to re-create 
		 the same secret mixer magic. 
      1 cup frozen 
		sliced peaches 
      2 ounces champagne 
      1 ounce peach schnapps 
      1 ounce vodka 
      4 ounces (1/2 cup) Kern's peach nectar 
      2 or 3 ice cubes 
      1. Combine 
		all of the ingredients in a blender. Blend on high 
		 speed for approximately 30 seconds or until ice is completely  
      crushed and the drink is smooth. 
      2. Pour into a 12-ounce glass and serve with a straw. 
      Makes 1 drink. 
      
      
 
        
      
      
		   |